AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 8, 2006

                                                              FILE NO. 033-65137
                                                               FILE NO. 811-7455
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                               ------------------
                                    FORM N-1A
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER THE
                             SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                             PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.                     [ ]
                           POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 21                   |X|

                                     AND/OR
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER THE
                         INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940                      [ ]

                                AMENDMENT NO. 22                             |X|

                        (CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX OR BOXES)

                               ------------------

PHOENIX OPPORTUNITIES TRUST
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN CHARTER)


101 MUNSON STREET, GREENFIELD, MASSACHUSETTS 01301
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)

C/O PHOENIX EQUITY PLANNING CORPORATION - SHAREHOLDER SERVICES
(800) 243-1574
(REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE)


Counsel and Chief Legal Officer:
Kevin J. Carr, Esq.
Vice President and Counsel
Phoenix Life Insurance Company
One American Row
Hartford, Connecticut 06102-5056

John H. Beers, Esq.
Vice President and Secretary
Phoenix Life Insurance Company
One American Row
Hartford, Connecticut 06102-5056
(Name and address of Agent for Service)


It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
|X| immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
[ ] on pursuant to paragraph (b)
[ ] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
[ ] on or at such later date as the Commission shall order pursuant to paragraph (a)(3)
[ ] 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)

[ ] on pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485. If appropriate, check the following box:
[ ] this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.



JUNE 8, 2006

PROSPECTUS

> PHOENIX BOND FUND
> PHOENIX EARNINGS DRIVEN GROWTH FUND
> PHOENIX GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND

TRUST NAME: PHOENIX OPPORTUNITIES TRUST             WOULDN'T YOU RATHER
                                                    HAVE THIS DOCUMENT
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission      E-MAILED TO YOU?
nor any state securities commission has approved    Eligible shareholders can
or disapproved of these securities or determined    sign up for E-Delivery at
if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any     PhoenixFunds.com
representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.

This prospectus contains important information that you should know before investing in Phoenix Bond Fund, Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund or Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund. Please read it carefully and retain it for future reference.

PHOENIX [LOGO]


PHOENIX OPPORTUNITIES TRUST

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Phoenix Bond Fund
   Investment Risk and Return Summary.................   1
   Fund Fees and Expenses.............................   5
   Management of the Fund.............................   6
Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund

   Investment Risk and Return Summary.................   9
   Fund Fees and Expenses.............................  13
   Management of the Fund.............................  14
Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund
   Investment Risk and Return Summary.................  17
   Fund Fees and Expenses.............................  22
   Management of the Fund.............................  23
Additional Investment Techniques......................  26
Pricing of Fund Shares................................  29
Sales Charges.........................................  31
Your Account..........................................  38
How to Buy Shares.....................................  40
How to Sell Shares....................................  40
Things You Should Know When Selling Shares............  41
Account Policies......................................  42
Investor Services and Other Information...............  46
Tax Status of Distributions...........................  47
Financial Highlights..................................  48


PHOENIX BOND FUND
INVESTMENT RISK AND RETURN SUMMARY

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

Phoenix Bond Fund has an investment objective of high total return from both current income and capital appreciation. There is no guarantee that the fund will achieve its objective.

Principal Investment Strategies

>        The fund invests in a diversified portfolio of bonds. Under normal
         circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in bonds, at
         least 65% of which are rated at the time of investment Baa3 or higher
         by Moody's Investors Service ("Moody's") or BBB- or higher by Standard
         & Poor's Corporation ("S&P"). However, the fund may invest in high
         yield-high risk fixed income securities (junk bonds). As of March 31,
         2006, the average rating of the fund's portfolio was A1 or A+. "Bonds"
         are fixed income debt securities of various types of issuers, including
         corporate bonds, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, U.S.
         Government securities and other short-term instruments. The fund's
         policy of investing 80% of its assets in bonds may be changed only upon
         60 days written notice to shareholders.

>        The adviser manages the fund's investment program and general
         operations of the fund, including oversight of the subadviser. The
         subadviser manages the investments of the fund. The subadviser uses a
         value-driven style that focuses on issue and sector selection, measured
         interest rate anticipation and trading opportunities.


>        Securities selected for fund investment may be of any maturity or
         duration. Duration measures the interest rate sensitivity of a fixed
         income security by assessing and weighting the present value of a
         security's payment pattern. Normally, the fund's dollar-weighted
         average duration will vary between two and eight years. The subadviser
         may adjust the fund's dollar-weighted average duration based on
         changing expectations for the federal funds rate, the shape of the
         yield curve, swap spreads, mortgage prepayments, credit spreads, and
         capital market liquidity. For instance, if the federal funds rate is
         expected to rise, the subadviser may choose to move the fund's
         dollar-weighted average duration to the lower end of the band. Within
         this context, it is expected that the fund's dollar-weighted average
         maturity will range between three and fifteen years. On March 31, 2006,
         the average duration of the fund's fixed income securities was 4.65
         years and the average maturity was 7.24 years. Theoretically, for a
         fund maintaining an average duration of 4.65 years, a one percent
         increase in interest rates would cause a 4.65% decrease in the value of
         the fund's fixed income assets. Similarly, a one percent decrease in
         interest rates would cause the value of the fund's fixed income assets
         to increase by 4.65%.

Phoenix Bond Fund 1


>        Securities may be reviewed for sale due to anticipated changes in
         interest rates, changes in the creditworthiness of issuers, or general
         financial or market developments.


>        The subadviser's investment strategies may result in a higher portfolio
         turnover rate for the fund. A high portfolio turnover rate increases
         costs to the fund, negatively affects fund performance, and may
         increase capital gain distributions, resulting in greater tax liability
         to you.

Temporary Defensive Strategy: When the subadviser determines that market conditions warrant, the fund may take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with its principal investment strategies by investing, without limit, in cash and cash equivalents. In such instances, the fund may not achieve its investment objective.

Please see "Additional Investment Techniques" for other investment techniques of the fund.

RISKS RELATED TO PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

If you invest in this fund, you risk losing your investment.

GENERAL

The value of your shares and the level of income you receive are subject to risks associated with the types of securities selected for fund investment. Neither the fund nor the subadviser can assure you that a particular level of income will consistently be achieved or that the value of the fund's investments that supports your share value will increase. If the value of fund investments decreases, your share value will decrease.

CREDIT RISK

Credit risk pertains to the issuer's ability to make scheduled interest or principal payments. Generally, the lower a security's credit rating, the greater the chance that the issuer will be unable to make such payments when due. Credit risk is determined at the date of investment. If after the date of purchase the rating declines, the fund is not obligated to sell the security.

HIGH YIELD-HIGH RISK FIXED INCOME SECURITIES RISK

High yield-high risk fixed income securities (junk bonds) entail greater price volatility and credit and interest rate risk than investment grade securities. Analysis of the creditworthiness of high yield-high risk issuers is more complex than for higher-rated securities, making it more difficult for the subadviser to accurately predict risk. There is a greater risk with high yield-high risk securities that an issuer will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due. If the fund pursues missed payments, there is a risk that fund expenses could increase. In addition, lower-rated securities may not trade as often and may be less liquid than higher-rated securities.

2 Phoenix Bond Fund


INTEREST RATE RISK

Interest rate trends can have an effect on the value of your shares. If interest rates rise, the value of debt securities generally will fall. Because the fund may hold securities with longer maturities or durations, the net asset value of the fund may experience greater price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates than funds that hold only securities with short-term maturities or durations. Prices of longer-term securities are affected more by interest rate changes than prices of shorter-term securities.

MORTGAGE-BACKED AND ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES RISK

The value of mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, including pass-through type securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs), may fluctuate to a greater degree than other debt securities in response to interest rate changes. Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are generally subject to higher prepayment risks than most other types of debt securities. It is difficult to predict cash flows from mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities due to the variability of prepayments. Prepayments also tend to limit price gains when interest rates drop and exaggerate price declines when interest rates rise. In the event of high prepayments, the fund may be required to invest proceeds at lower interest rates, causing the fund to earn less than if such prepayment had not occurred.

U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES RISK

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities and instrumentalities and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States only guarantee principal and interest will be timely paid to holders of the securities. The entities do not guarantee that the value of fund shares will increase. In addition, not all U.S. Government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.

Phoenix Bond Fund 3


PERFORMANCE TABLES

The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Phoenix Bond Fund. The bar chart shows changes in the fund's Class X Shares performance from year to year over the life of the fund.(1) The table shows how the fund's average annual returns compare to those of a broad-based securities market index. The fund's past performance, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

Calendar Year           Annual Return (%)
    1997                       12.83
    1998                        7.66
    1999                        1.57
    2000                        8.67
    2001                        5.60
    2002                        9.70
    2003                        6.99
    2004                        4.54
    2005                        2.09

(1) The fund's annual returns in the chart above do not reflect the deduction of any sales charges. The returns would have been less than those shown if sales charges were deducted. During the period shown in the chart above, the highest return for a quarter was 4.23% (quarter ending December 31, 1997) and the lowest return for a quarter was -2.25% (quarter ending June 30, 2004). Year-to-date performance (through March 31, 2006) is -0.30%.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               SINCE INCEPTION(3)
  AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS                                   -----------------------------------------------
  (FOR THE PERIODS ENDED 12/31/05)(2)        1 YEAR     5 YEARS    CLASS X    CLASS A    CLASS B     CLASS C
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Class X
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Return Before Taxes                      2.09%      5.75%       6.74%        --          --           --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Return After Taxes on Distributions(4)   0.47%      3.76%       4.31%        --          --           --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Return After Taxes on Distributions      1.47%      3.73%       4.27%        --          --           --
     and Sale of Fund Shares(4)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Class A
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Return Before Taxes                     -3.11%      4.42%                  4.51%         --           --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Class B
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Return Before Taxes                     -2.86%      4.65%                    --        4.39%          --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Class C
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Return Before Taxes                      0.92%      4.64%                    --          --         4.39%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Lehman Aggregate Bond Index(5)              2.43%      5.87%       6.37%      5.91%       5.91%        5.91%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2) The fund's average annual returns in the table above reflect the deduction of the maximum sales charge for an investment in the fund's Class A Shares and a full redemption in the fund's Class B Shares and Class C Shares.

(3) Class X Shares since March 7, 1996; Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares since July 1, 1998.

(4) After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. The after-tax returns shown in the table above are for only one class of shares offered by the prospectus (Class X); after-tax returns for other classes will vary. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor's tax situation and may differ from those shown. The after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

(5) The Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index measures the U.S. investment grade fixed rate bond market. The index is calculated on a total-return basis. The index is unmanaged and not available for direct investment; therefore, its performance does not reflect the fees, expenses or taxes associated with the active management of an actual portfolio.

4 Phoenix Bond Fund


FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

This table illustrates all fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.

                                                           CLASS X       CLASS A       CLASS B      CLASS C
                                                            SHARES        SHARES        SHARES       SHARES
                                                            ------        ------        ------       ------
SHAREHOLDER FEES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR
INVESTMENT)
Maximum Sales Charge (load) Imposed on Purchases (as a
percentage of offering price)                                None         4.75%          None         None

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load) (as a percentage        None        None(a)       5.00%(b)     1.00%(c)
of the lesser of the value redeemed or the amount
invested)

Maximum Sales Charge (load) Imposed on Reinvested            None          None          None         None
Dividends

Redemption Fee                                               None          None          None         None

Exchange Fee                                                 None          None          None         None
                                                         --------------------------------------------------------

                                                            CLASS X       CLASS A       CLASS B      CLASS C
                                                             SHARES        SHARES        SHARES       SHARES
                                                             ------        ------        ------       ------
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE
DEDUCTED FROM FUND ASSETS)

Management Fees                                             0.50%         0.50%         0.50%         0.50%

Distribution and Shareholder Servicing (12b-1) Fees(d)       None         0.25%         1.00%         1.00%


Other Expenses                                              0.40%         0.44%         0.80%         1.40%
                                                           -------       -------       -------       -------

TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES                        0.90%         1.19%         2.30%         2.90%

Expense Reduction(e)                                       (0.00)%       (0.04)%       (0.40)%       (1.00)%
                                                           -------       -------       -------       -------

NET FUND OPERATING EXPENSES                                 0.90%         1.15%         1.90%         1.90%
                                                           =======       =======       =======       =======


(a) A contingent deferred sales charge of 1% may apply on certain redemptions made within one year following purchases on which a finder's fee has been paid. The one-year period begins on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the purchase was made.

(b) The maximum deferred sales charge is imposed on Class B Shares redeemed during the first year; thereafter, it decreases 1% annually to 2% during the fourth and fifth years and to 0% after the fifth year.

(c) The deferred sales charge is imposed on Class C Shares redeemed during the first year only.

(d) Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Fees represent an asset-based sales charge that, for a long-term shareholder, over time may be higher than the maximum front-end sales charge permitted by the NASD.

(e) Contractual arrangement with the fund's investment adviser to limit total operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses) through January 31, 2007, so that such expenses do not exceed 0.90% for Class X Shares, 1.15% for Class A Shares, 1.90% for Class B Shares and 1.90% for Class C Shares. The adviser will not seek to recapture any operating expenses reimbursed under this arrangement.

EXAMPLE

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. In the case of Class B Shares, it is assumed that your shares are converted to Class A Shares after eight years. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

Phoenix Bond Fund 5


-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   CLASS                       1 YEAR                3 YEARS               5 YEARS               10 YEARS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Class X                      $91                   $284                   $493                 $1,096
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Class A                      $587                  $831                  $1,095                $1,846
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Class B                      $593                  $880                  $1,194                $2,325
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Class C                      $293                  $804                  $1,440                $3,152
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   CLASS                       1 YEAR                3 YEARS               5 YEARS               10 YEARS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Class B                      $193                  $680                  $1,194                $2,325
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Class C                      $193                  $804                  $1,440                $3,152
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The examples assume that the expense reimbursement obligations of the adviser are in effect through January 31, 2007. Thereafter, the examples do not reflect any reimbursement obligations.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

THE ADVISER AND SUBADVISER

Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc. ("Phoenix") is the investment adviser to the fund and is located at 56 Prospect Street, Hartford, Connecticut 06115. Phoenix acts as the investment adviser for over 60 mutual funds and as adviser to institutional clients. As of March 31, 2006, Phoenix had approximately $19.2 billion in assets under management. Phoenix has acted as an investment adviser for over 70 years.

Seneca Capital Management LLC ("Seneca") is the subadviser to the fund and is located at 909 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94133. Seneca acts as subadviser to eight mutual funds and as investment adviser to institutions and individuals. As of March 31, 2006, Seneca had approximately $10.3 billion in assets under management. Seneca has been an investment adviser since 1989.

Subject to the direction of the fund's Board of Trustees, Phoenix is responsible for managing the fund's investment program and the general operations of the fund, including oversight of the fund's subadviser. Seneca, as subadviser, is responsible for day-to-day management of the fund's portfolio. Phoenix and Seneca manage the fund's assets to conform with the investment policies as described in this prospectus.

6 Phoenix Bond Fund


The fund pays Phoenix a monthly investment management fee that is accrued daily against the value of the fund's net assets at the following rate:


Bond Fund 0.50%

The adviser has contractually agreed to limit total operating expenses of the fund (excluding interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses), through January 31, 2007, so that such expenses do not exceed the following percentages of the average annual net asset values for the fund. The adviser will not seek to recapture any operating expenses reimbursed under this arrangement.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Class X        Class A       Class B        Class C
                      Shares        Shares         Shares        Shares
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Bond Fund          0.90%          1.15%         1.90%          1.90%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

During the last fiscal year, the fund paid total management fees of $376,469. The ratio of management fees to average net assets for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 was 0.50%.

Phoenix pays Seneca a subadvisory fee at the following rate:


Bond Fund 0.25%

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees approving the investment advisory and subadvisory agreements is available in the fund's 2005 semiannual report, covering the period October 1, 2004 through March 31, 2005.

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

A team of investment professionals led by Albert Gutierrez is jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund's portfolio. The members of the investment team and their areas of responsibility and expertise are as follows:

AL ALAIMO, CFA, CPA. Mr. Alaimo has served on the fund's portfolio management team since 2005. He also serves as a Portfolio Manager for the Phoenix High Yield Fund and the Phoenix High Yield Securities Fund. He is Fixed Income Portfolio Manager and Director of Research at Seneca focused primarily on cable and satellite television, media, printing, packaging, consumer products, food and restaurants. Prior to joining Seneca in 2001, Mr. Alaimo was Managing Director with Banc of America Securities LLC (1996-2001). He has 20 years of investment experience.

ROBERT L. BISHOP, CFA. Mr. Bishop has served on the fund's portfolio management team since 2005. He is Portfolio Manager and Trader of Fixed Income at Seneca focused primarily on quantitative techniques, corporate bonds, credit derivatives and structured securities. Prior to joining Seneca in 2002, Mr. Bishop was in Corporate Bond Sales with Merrill Lynch (1989-2002). He has 26 years of investment experience.

Phoenix Bond Fund 7


ANDREW S. CHOW, CFA. Mr. Chow has served on the fund's portfolio management team since 2005. He is a Portfolio Manager and Trader of Fixed Income at Seneca focused primarily on mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, convertibles and structured products. Prior to joining Seneca in 2002, Mr. Chow was a Portfolio Manager for ING Pilgrim (2000-2002). He has 19 years of investment experience.

ALBERT GUTIERREZ, CFA. Mr. Gutierrez has led the fund's portfolio management team since 2002. He also serves as lead portfolio manager for the Phoenix High Yield Fund and the Phoenix High Yield Securities Fund. He is Chief Investment Officer of Fixed Income at Seneca and has been with Seneca since 2002. Prior to joining Seneca, Mr. Gutierrez headed portfolio management, trading and investment systems at American General Investment Management, managing $75 billion in client assets (2000-2002) and was in a similar capacity at Conseco Capital Management (1988-2000). He has 23 years of investment experience.

Please refer to the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the fund's portfolio managers, including the structure of and method of computing compensation, other accounts they manage and their ownership of shares of the fund.

8 Phoenix Bond Fund


PHOENIX EARNINGS DRIVEN GROWTH FUND
INVESTMENT RISK AND RETURN SUMMARY

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund has an investment objective of capital appreciation. There is no guarantee that the fund will achieve its objective.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

>        Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets
         in common stocks of companies with market capitalizations between $500
         million and $10 billion at the time of purchase. The fund may invest in
         companies with higher or lower market capitalizations. At March 31,
         2006, the market capitalization range of the equity securities in which
         the fund was invested was $1.6 billion to $75.9 billion. The fund's
         policy of investing 80% of its assets in mid-cap companies may be
         changed only upon 60 days written notice to shareholders.

>        The adviser manages the fund's investment program and the general
         operations of the fund, including oversight of the subadviser. The
         subadviser manages the investments of the fund. The subadviser uses a
         screening process to select stocks of companies that it believes are
         growing earnings at accelerated rates; producing quality, sustainable
         earnings; reasonably valued relative to their growth rate and to the
         market; well managed; and have potential to exceed earnings
         expectations (so-called "earnings surprisers"). The fund may be
         invested in a relatively limited number of issuers.


>        Stocks are reviewed for sale if earnings reports disappoint,
         fundamentals deteriorate, or valuation levels reach the top of their
         historic levels.

>        Any income derived from investments will be incidental.


>        To enable the fund to invest effectively in companies with medium
         market capitalizations, the fund will not offer shares to the public
         when the net assets of the fund exceed $500 million. This limit is
         subject to change without notice to shareholders. As of March 31, 2006,
         the fund's total net assets were $53.7 million.

>        In pursuit of its investment objective, the fund may invest a
         significant portion of its assets in one or more sectors of the equity
         securities market, such as technology, healthcare, natural resources,
         etc.

>        The subadviser's investment strategies may result in a higher portfolio
         turnover rate for the fund. A high portfolio turnover rate increases
         brokerage and other transaction costs to the fund, negatively affects
         fund performance, and may increase capital gain distributions,
         resulting in greater tax liability to you.

Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund 9


Temporary Defensive Strategy: When the subadviser determines that market conditions warrant, the fund may take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with its principal investment strategies by investing, without limit, in cash and cash equivalents. In such instances, the fund may not achieve its investment objective.

Please see "Additional Investment Techniques" for other investment techniques of the fund.

RISKS RELATED TO PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

If you invest in this fund, you risk losing your investment.

GENERAL

The value of the fund's investments that supports your share value may decrease. If between the time you purchase shares and the time you sell shares the value of the fund's investments decreases, you will lose money.

Investment values can decrease for a number of reasons. Conditions affecting the overall economy, specific industries or companies in which the fund invests can be worse than expected and investments may fail to perform as the subadviser expects. As a result, the value of your shares may decrease.

EQUITY SECURITIES RISK

Generally, prices of equity securities are more volatile than those of fixed income securities. The prices of equity securities will rise and fall in response to a number of different factors. In particular, equity securities will respond to events that affect entire financial markets or industries (such as changes in inflation or consumer demand) and to events that affect particular issuers (such as news about the success or failure of a new product).

o GROWTH STOCKS. Because growth stocks typically make little or no dividend payments to shareholders, investment return is based on a stock's capital appreciation, making return more dependent on market increases and decreases. Growth stocks are therefore more volatile than non-growth stocks to market changes, tending to drop more sharply when markets fall. Growth-oriented funds typically underperform when value investing is in favor.

o MEDIUM MARKET CAPITALIZATIONS. Companies with medium market capitalizations are often companies with a limited operating history or companies in industries that have recently emerged due to cultural, economic, regulatory or technological developments. Such developments can have a significant impact or negative effect on medium market capitalization companies and their stock performance and can make investment returns highly volatile. Product lines are often less diversified and subject to competitive threats. Medium market capitalization stocks are subject to varying patterns of trading volume and may, at times, be difficult to sell.

10 Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund


LIMITED NUMBER OF INVESTMENTS RISK

Conditions which negatively affect securities in the portfolio will have a greater impact on the fund as compared to a fund that holds a greater number of security positions. In addition, the fund may be more sensitive to changes in the market value of a single issuer in its portfolio, making the value of your shares potentially more volatile.

SECTOR INVESTING RISK

To the extent the fund invests a significant portion of its equity portfolio in one or more market sectors at any time, the fund may be subject to additional risk. Securities in other sectors may provide greater investment return in certain market conditions as compared with the companies in the sector(s) in which the fund was invested. Moreover, conditions that negatively affect the sector(s) in which the fund has invested will have a greater impact on the fund as compared with a fund that is not significantly invested in such sector(s).

Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund 11


PERFORMANCE TABLES

The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund. The bar chart shows changes in the fund's Class A Shares performance from year to year over the life of the fund.(1) The table shows how the fund's average annual returns compare to those of a broad-based securities market index and a more narrowly-based benchmark that reflects the market sectors in which the fund invests. The fund's past performance, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

Calendar Year           Annual Return (%)
    1997                       16.22
    1998                       29.21
    1999                       44.58
    2000                       13.00
    2001                      -23.82
    2002                      -32.10
    2003                       29.01
    2004                        6.63
    2005                        1.36

(1) The fund's annual returns in the chart above do not reflect the deduction of any sales charges. The returns would have been less than those shown if sales charges were deducted. During the period shown in the chart above, the highest return for a quarter was 44.83% (quarter ending December 31, 1999) and the lowest return for a quarter was -26.02% (quarter ending September 30, 2001). Year-to-date performance (through March 31, 2006) is 8.65%.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               SINCE INCEPTION(3)
  AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS                                   -----------------------------------------------
  (FOR THE PERIODS ENDED 12/31/05)(2)         1 YEAR     5 YEARS    CLASS A    CLASS B     CLASS C    CLASS X
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Class A
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Return Before Taxes                      -4.47%      -7.43%     8.99%        --           --          --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Return After Taxes on Distributions(4)   -4.47%      -7.43%     7.66%        --           --          --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Return After Taxes on Distributions      -2.90%      -6.15%     7.19%        --           --          --
     and Sale of Fund Shares(4) (5)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Class B
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Return Before Taxes                      -3.37%      -7.03%       --       2.22%          --          --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Class C
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Return Before Taxes                       0.63%      -7.02%       --         --         2.22%         --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Class X
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Return Before Taxes                       1.62%      -6.08%       --         --           --       10.00%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  S&P 500(R) Index(6)                          4.93%       0.55%     8.92%      2.69%        2.69%       8.92%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Russell MidCap(R) Growth Index(7)           12.10%       1.38%     9.04%      5.51%        5.51%       9.04%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2) The fund's average annual returns in the table above reflect the deduction of the maximum sales charge for an investment in the fund's Class A Shares and a full redemption in the fund's Class B Shares and Class C Shares.
(3) Class A Shares and Class X Shares since March 8, 1996; Class B Shares and Class C Shares since July 1, 1998.
(4) After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. The after-tax returns shown in the table above are for only one class of shares offered by the prospectus (Class A); after-tax returns for other classes will vary. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor's tax situation and may differ from those shown. The after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.
(5) If the fund incurs a loss, which generates a tax benefit, the Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may exceed the fund's other return figures.
(6) The S&P 500(R) Index is a free-float market capitalization-weighted index of 500 of the largest U.S. companies. The index is calculated on a total-return basis with dividends reinvested. The index is unmanaged and not available for direct investment; therefore, its performance does not reflect the fees, expenses or taxes associated with the active management of an actual portfolio.
(7) The Russell Midcap(R) Growth Index is a market capitalization-weighted index of medium-capitalization, growth-oriented stocks of U.S. companies. The index is calculated on a total-return basis with dividends reinvested. The index is unmanaged and not available for direct investment; therefore, its performance does not reflect the fees, expenses or taxes associated with the active management of an actual portfolio.

12 Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund


FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

This table illustrates all fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.

                                                            CLASS A       CLASS B       CLASS C       CLASS X
                                                             SHARES        SHARES        SHARES        SHARES
                                                             ------        ------        ------        ------
SHAREHOLDER FEES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR
INVESTMENT)

Maximum Sales Charge (load) Imposed on Purchases (as a
percentage of offering price)                               5.75%          None          None          None

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load) (as a percentage      None(a)       5.00%(b)      1.00%(c)        None
of the lesser of the value redeemed or the amount
invested)

Maximum Sales Charge (load) Imposed on Reinvested                                        None          None
Dividends                                                    None          None

Redemption Fee                                               None          None          None          None

Exchange Fee                                                 None          None          None          None
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------

                                                            CLASS A       CLASS B       CLASS C       CLASS X
                                                             SHARES        SHARES        SHARES        SHARES
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE
DEDUCTED FROM FUND ASSETS)

Management Fees                                             0.80%         0.80%         0.80%         0.80%

Distribution and Shareholder Servicing (12b-1) Fees(d)      0.25%         1.00%         1.00%          None

Other Expenses                                              0.70%         0.74%         0.67%         0.56%
                                                           -------       -------       -------       -------

TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES                        1.75%         2.54%         2.47%         1.36%
                                                           -------       -------       -------       -------

Expense Reduction(e)                                       (0.30)%       (0.34)%       (0.27)%       (0.16)%
                                                           -------       -------       -------       -------

NET FUND OPERATING EXPENSES                                 1.45%         2.20%         2.20%         1.20%
                                                           =======       =======       =======       =======


(a) A contingent deferred sales charge of 1% may apply on certain redemptions made within one year following purchases on which a finder's fee has been paid. The one-year period begins on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the purchase was made.

(b) The maximum deferred sales charge is imposed on Class B Shares redeemed during the first year; thereafter, it decreases 1% annually to 2% during the fourth and fifth years and to 0% after the fifth year.

(c) The deferred sales charge is imposed on Class C Shares redeemed during the first year only.

(d) Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Fees represent an asset-based sales charge that, for a long-term shareholder, over time may be higher than the maximum front-end sales charge permitted by the NASD.

(e) Contractual arrangement with the fund's investment adviser to limit total operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses) through January 31, 2007, so that such expenses do not exceed 1.45% for Class A Shares, 2.20% for Class B Shares, 2.20% for Class C Shares and 1.20% for Class X Shares. The adviser will not seek to recapture any operating expenses reimbursed under this arrangement.

EXAMPLE

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund 13


The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. In the case of Class B Shares, it is assumed that your shares are converted to Class A Shares after eight years. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   CLASS                       1 YEAR                3 YEARS               5 YEARS               10 YEARS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Class A                      $709                 $1,062                 $1,439                $2,492
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Class B                      $618                  $953                  $1,316                $2,652
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Class C                      $318                  $739                  $1,287                $2,782
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Class X                      $117                  $410                   $725                 $1,617
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   CLASS                       1 YEAR                3 YEARS               5 YEARS               10 YEARS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Class B                      $218                  $753                  $1,316                $2,652
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Class C                      $218                  $739                  $1,287                $2,782
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The examples assume that the expense reimbursement obligations of the adviser are in effect through January 31, 2007. Thereafter, the examples do not reflect any reimbursement obligations.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

THE ADVISER AND SUBADVISER

Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc. ("Phoenix") is the investment adviser to the fund and is located at 56 Prospect Street, Hartford, Connecticut 06115. Phoenix acts as the investment adviser for over 60 mutual funds and as adviser to institutional clients. As of March 31, 2006, Phoenix had approximately $19.2 billion in assets under management. Phoenix has acted as an investment adviser for over 70 years.

Seneca Capital Management LLC ("Seneca") is the subadviser to the fund and is located at 909 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94133. Seneca acts as subadviser to eight mutual funds and as investment adviser to institutions and individuals. As of March 31, 2006,

14 Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund


Seneca had approximately $10.3 billion in assets under management. Seneca has been an investment adviser since 1989.

Subject to the direction of the fund's Board of Trustees, Phoenix is responsible for managing the fund's investment program and the general operations of the fund, including oversight of the fund's subadviser. Seneca, as subadviser, is responsible for day-to-day management of the fund's portfolio. Phoenix and Seneca manage the fund's assets to conform with the investment policies as described in this prospectus.

The fund pays Phoenix a monthly investment management fee that is accrued daily against the value of the fund's net assets at the following rate:


Earnings Driven Growth Fund 0.80%

The adviser has contractually agreed to limit total operating expenses of the fund (excluding interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses), through January 31, 2007, so that such expenses do not exceed the following percentages of the average annual net asset values for the fund. The adviser will not seek to recapture any operating expenses reimbursed under this arrangement.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Class A           Class B          Class C           Class X
                                               Shares           Shares            Shares           Shares
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Earnings Driven Growth Fund                 1.45%             2.20%            2.20%             1.20%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

During the last fiscal year, the fund paid total management fees of $613,172. The ratio of management fees to average net assets for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 was 0.80%.

Phoenix pays Seneca a subadvisory fee at the following rate:


Earnings Driven Growth Fund 0.40%

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees approving the investment advisory and subadvisory agreements is available in the fund's 2005 semiannual report, covering the period October 1, 2004 through March 31, 2005.

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

FRAN GILLIN COOLEY and DOUG COUDEN, CFA, manage the fund and are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund's portfolio.

Ms. Cooley has served on the fund's portfolio management team since 2005. She also serves on the portfolio management team for the Phoenix Large-Cap Growth Fund and the Phoenix Strategic Growth Fund. She is a Portfolio Manager and Equity Analyst at Seneca focused primarily on the consumer, materials and industrial sectors. Prior to joining Seneca in 1995, Ms. Cooley was in private placements at a San Francisco merchant bank. She has 12 years of investment experience.

Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund 15


Mr. Couden has served on the fund's portfolio management team since 2004. He also serves on the portfolio management team for the Phoenix Large-Cap Growth Fund and the Phoenix Strategic Growth Fund. He is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Director of Equity at Seneca focused primarily on the industrial, telecom, consumer and information technology sectors. Prior to joining Seneca in 1996, Mr. Couden was a Business Analyst with PaineWebber, Inc. He has 12 years of investment experience.

Please refer to the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the fund's portfolio managers, including the structure of and method of computing compensation, other accounts they manage and their ownership of shares of the fund.

16 Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund


PHOENIX GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND
INVESTMENT RISK AND RETURN SUMMARY

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund has an investment objective of capital appreciation. There is no guarantee that the fund will achieve its objective. The fund's investment objective may be changed without shareholder approval.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

>        Under normal circumstances, the fund invests primarily in common stocks
         and other equity securities of U.S. companies with medium to large
         market capitalizations that the subadviser believes have strong
         earnings growth potential. Medium to large capitalization companies are
         defined for this purpose as companies with market capitalizations, at
         the time of purchase, in the range of those companies included in the
         Russell 1000(R) Growth Index (the "Growth Index"). Because medium to
         large cap companies are defined by reference to an index, the market
         capitalization of companies in which the fund may invest may vary with
         market conditions. As of March 31, 2006, the market capitalization
         range of companies included in the Growth Index was $960 million to
         $364.6 billion. The fund may also purchase securities of other medium
         to large capitalization companies that fall outside of this range that
         the subadviser believes offer strong earnings growth potential. It is
         not expected that the fund will own a substantial amount of securities
         that pay dividends.

>        The adviser manages the fund's investment program and the general
         operations of the fund, including oversight of the fund's subadviser.
         The subadviser manages the investments of the fund. The subadviser
         invests fund assets in securities of companies in a variety of economic
         sectors, and generally will not invest more than 50% of its assets in
         any one sector of the economy (for example, technology or industrial).
         It will not invest more than 25% in any one industry or group of
         industries. Although the fund is non-diversified, portfolio exposure is
         generally limited to 5% of assets in any single issuer, subject to
         exceptions for the most heavily weighted securities in the Growth
         Index. The fund may participate in Initial Public Offerings ("IPOs").


>        The subadviser pursues a bottom-up strategy that blends quantitative
         and qualitative analysis to find growth companies with superior
         earnings prospects, reasonable valuations, and favorable trading-volume
         and price patterns. The subadviser focuses on companies that it
         believes have market dominance, strong management with a commitment to
         shareholders, financial strength and a favorable long-term outlook.

>        Generally, a security becomes a sell candidate if the subadviser
         detects deterioration in the company's earnings growth potential.
         Positions may also be trimmed to adhere to capitalization or capacity
         constraints, to maintain sector neutrality or to adjust stock position
         size relative to the target index.


                                           Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund  17


>        The subadviser's investment strategies may result in a higher portfolio
         turnover rate for the fund. A high portfolio turnover rate increases
         brokerage and other transaction costs to the fund, negatively affects
         fund performance, and may increase capital gain distributions,
         resulting in greater tax liability to you.

Temporary Defensive Strategy: If the subadviser believes that market conditions are not favorable to the fund's principal strategies, the fund may take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with its principal investment strategies by holding cash or investing, without limit, in cash equivalents, such as U.S. government securities and high-grade commercial paper. When this allocation happens, the fund may not achieve its investment objective.

Please see "Additional Investment Techniques" for other investment techniques of the fund.

RISKS RELATED TO PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

If you invest in this fund, you risk losing your investment.

GENERAL

The value of the fund's investments that supports your share value may decrease. If between the time you purchase shares and the time you sell shares the value of the fund's investments decreases, you will lose money.

Investment values can decrease for a number of reasons. Conditions affecting the overall economy, specific industries or companies in which the fund invests can be worse than expected and investments may fail to perform as the subadviser expects. As a result, the value of your shares may decrease.

EQUITY SECURITIES RISK

Generally, prices of equity securities are more volatile than those of fixed income securities. The prices of equity securities will rise and fall in response to a number of different factors. In particular, equity securities will respond to events that affect entire financial markets or industries (such as changes in inflation or consumer demand) and to events that affect particular issuers (such as news about the success or failure of a new product).

o GROWTH STOCKS. Because growth stocks typically make little or no dividend payments to shareholders, investment return is based on a stock's capital appreciation, making return more dependent on market increases and decreases. Growth stocks are therefore more volatile than non-growth stocks to market changes, tending to drop more sharply when markets fall. Growth-oriented stocks typically underperform when value investing is in favor.

o LARGE MARKET CAPITALIZATION COMPANIES. Companies with large market capitalizations go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. Larger companies tend to be less volatile than companies with smaller market capitalizations. In exchange for this potentially lower risk, the fund's value may not rise as much as the value of funds that emphasize companies with smaller market capitalizations.

18 Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund


o MEDIUM MARKET CAPITALIZATION COMPANIES. Companies with medium market capitalizations are often companies with a limited operating history or companies in industries that have recently emerged due to cultural, economic, regulatory or technological developments. Such developments can have a significant impact or negative effect on medium market capitalization companies and their stock performance and can make investment returns highly volatile. Product lines are often less diversified and subject to competitive threats. Medium market capitalization stocks are subject to varying patterns of trading volume and may, at times, be difficult to sell.

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS (IPOs) INVESTING RISK

Typically, there is less available public information about IPOs than exists for already-established issuers. Investment returns from IPOs may be highly volatile, may be subject to varying patterns of trading volume and these securities, may, at times, be difficult to sell. In addition, from time to time, the fund may purchase IPOs and then immediately sell them. This practice will increase portfolio turnover rates and increase broker and other transaction costs to the fund, negatively affect fund performance, and may increase capital gain distributions, resulting in greater tax liability to you.

LIMITED NUMBER OF INVESTMENTS RISK

Because the fund focuses on U.S. growth companies, it may hold fewer stocks in larger percentage amounts than funds that invest in a broader range of companies or have a less focused investment approach. Conditions that negatively affect securities in the portfolio will have a greater impact on the fund as compared with a fund that holds a greater number of security positions. In addition, the fund may be more sensitive to changes in the market value of a single issuer in its portfolio, making the value of your shares potentially more volatile.

NON-DIVERSIFICATION RISK

As a non-diversified investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the fund can invest a greater proportion of its assets in the securities of a small number of issuers than a diversified investment company. Diversifying a fund's portfolio can reduce the risks of investing. As a non-diversified investment company, the fund may be more susceptible to any single economic, political or regulatory event affecting an issuer than is a diversified investment company. If the fund takes concentrated positions in a small number of issuers, changes in the price of those securities may cause the fund's return to fluctuate more than that of a diversified investment company.

Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund 19


PERFORMANCE TABLES

As the result of a reorganization, the Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund ("Successor Fund") will be the successor of the Turner Strategic Growth Fund ("Predecessor Fund"), which is anticipated to be reorganized (pending shareholder approval) with and into the Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund on June 9, 2006. The Predecessor Fund, which commenced operations on January 31, 1997, offered only one class of shares. The Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund has adopted the past performance of the Predecessor Fund as its own. Therefore, the performance tables below include the performance of the shares of the Predecessor Fund prior to the Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund's commencement date.

The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund. The bar chart shows changes in the fund's performance from year to year over the life of the fund.(1) The table shows how the fund's average annual returns compare with those of a broad-based securities market index and a more narrowly-based benchmark that reflects the market sectors in which the fund invests. The fund's past performance, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

Calendar Year           Annual Return (%)
    1998                       45.22
    1999                       55.61
    2000                      -24.12
    2001                      -27.49
    2002                      -32.55
    2003                       48.27
    2004                       10.33
    2005                        7.86

(1) The fund's annual returns in the chart above do not reflect the deduction of any sales charges. The returns would have been less than those shown if sales charges were deducted. During the period shown in the chart above, the highest return for a quarter was 41.30% (quarter ending December 31, 1999) and the lowest return for a quarter was -27.31% (quarter ending December 29, 2000). Year-to-date performance (through March 31, 2006) is 8.11%. On June 9, 2006, Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc. will become the investment adviser to the Predecessor Fund. Since inception, whether as adviser (until June 9, 2006) or as subadviser, Turner Investment Partners has provided day-to-day management of the Predecessor Fund's portfolio.

20 Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund


-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS                                                                     SINCE
    (FOR THE PERIODS ENDED 12/31/05)(2)                          1 YEAR          5 YEARS         INCEPTION(3)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Predecessor Fund Return Before Taxes                           1.66%           -4.05%             6.78%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Predecessor Fund Return After Taxes on Distributions(4)        1.66%           -4.05%             4.86%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Predecessor Fund Return After Taxes on Distributions and       1.08%           -3.40%             4.82%
     Sale of Fund Shares (4)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   S&P 500(R) Index(5)                                            4.93%            0.55%             7.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Russell 1000(R) Growth Index(6)                                5.26%           -3.58%             4.30%

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2) The Predecessor Fund's average annual returns in the table above have been restated to reflect the deduction of the maximum sales charge for an investment in the fund's Class A Shares.

(3) Restated to reflect performance since inception of the Predecessor Fund on January 31, 1997.

(4) After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. The after-tax returns shown in the table above are for only one class of shares offered by the prospectus (Class A); after-tax returns for other classes will vary. Actual after-tax returns depend on the investor's tax situation and may differ from those shown. The after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

(5) The S&P 500(R) Index is a free float market capitalization-weighted index of 500 of the largest U.S. companies and is provided for general comparative purposes. The index is calculated on a total-return basis with dividends reinvested. The index is unmanaged and not available for direct investment; therefore, its performance does not reflect the fees, expenses or taxes associated with the active management of an actual portfolio.

(6) The Russell 1000(R) Growth Index is a market capitalization-weighted index of growth-oriented stocks of the 1,000 largest companies in the Russell Universe, which comprises the 3,000 largest U.S. companies. The index is calculated on a total-return basis with dividends reinvested. The index is unmanaged and not available for direct investment; therefore, its performance does not reflect the fees, expenses or taxes associated with the active management of an actual portfolio.

Class C Shares have been in existence only since the date of this prospectus; therefore performance information for Class C Shares is not included since this class of shares has not had a full calendar year of investment operations.

Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund 21


FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

This table illustrates all fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.(a)

                                                                                    CLASS A         CLASS C
                                                                                     SHARES          SHARES
                                                                                     -------         -------
SHAREHOLDER FEES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)

Maximum Sales Charge (load) Imposed on Purchases (as a Percentage                     5.75%           None
of offering price)

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load) (as a percentage of
lesser of the value redeemed or the amount invested)                                 None(b)         1.00%(c)

Maximum Sales Charge (load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends                           None            None

Redemption Fee                                                                        None            None

Exchange Fee                                                                          None            None
                                                                                 --------------- ---------------

                                                                                    CLASS A         CLASS C
                                                                                     SHARES          SHARES
                                                                                    -------         -------
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE
DEDUCTED FROM FUND ASSETS)

Management Fees                                                                       0.75%           0.75%

Distribution and Shareholder Servicing (12b-1) Fees(d)                                0.25%           1.00%


Other Expenses(e)                                                                     1.47%           1.47%
                                                                                     -------         -------

TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES                                                  2.47%           3.22%

Expense Reduction(f)                                                                 (1.22)%         (1.22)%

                                                                                     -------         -------

NET ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES                                                    1.25%           2.00%
                                                                                     =======         =======


(a) Existing shareholders of the Predecessor Fund who become shareholders of the Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund through the reorganization will receive Class A Shares of the Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund in exchange for their shares of the Predecessor Fund and will not be required to pay a sales load for new purchases of Class A Shares of the Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund.

(b) A contingent deferred sales charge of 1% may apply on certain redemptions made within one year following purchases on which a finder's fee has been paid. The one-year period begins on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the purchase was made.

(c) The deferred sales charge is imposed on Class C Shares redeemed during the first year only.

(d) Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Fees represent an asset-based sales charge that, for a long-term shareholder, over time may be higher than the maximum front end sales charge permitted by the NASD.

(e) Estimated at this time.

(f) Contractual arrangement with the fund's investment adviser to limit the fund's total operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses) through May 31, 2008, so that such expenses do not exceed 1.25% for Class A Shares and 2.00% for Class C Shares. The adviser will not seek to recapture any operating expenses reimbursed under this arrangement.

EXAMPLE

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same.

22 Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund


Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   CLASS                                          1 YEAR                           3 YEARS
-------------------------------------- ------------------------------ -----------------------------------

   Class A                                         $695                            $1,073
-------------------------------------- ------------------------------ -----------------------------------
   Class C                                         $203                             $757

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

You would pay the following expenses if you did not redeem your shares:

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   CLASS                                          1 YEAR                           3 YEARS
-------------------------------------- ------------------------------ -----------------------------------

   Class C                                         $303                             $757

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The examples assume that the expense reimbursement obligations of the adviser are in effect through May 31, 2008. Thereafter, the examples do not reflect any expense reimbursement obligations.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

THE ADVISER AND SUBADVISER

Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc. ("Phoenix") is the investment adviser to the fund and is located at 56 Prospect Street, Hartford, Connecticut 06115. Phoenix acts as the investment adviser for over 60 mutual funds and as adviser to institutional clients. As of March 31, 2006, Phoenix had approximately $19.2 billion in assets under management. Phoenix has acted as an investment adviser for over 70 years.

Turner Investment Partners, Inc. ("Turner") is the subadviser to the fund and is located at 1205 Westlakes Drive, Suite 100, Berwyn, Pennsylvania 19312. Turner is a professional investment management firm founded in March 1990. Turner has provided investment advisory services to investment companies since 1992. As of March 31, 2006, Turner had approximately $21.3 billion in assets under management.

Subject to the direction of the fund's Board of Trustees, Phoenix is responsible for managing the fund's investment program, overseeing the fund's subadviser and recommending its hiring, termination and replacement, and for the general operations of the fund. Turner, as subadviser, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund's portfolio. Phoenix and Turner manage the fund's assets to conform with the investment policies as described in this prospectus.

The fund pays Phoenix a monthly investment management fee that is accrued daily against the value of the fund's net assets at the following rates:

Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund 23


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              First $1 billion      $1 + billion through $2 billion          $2+ billion
-------------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------------------- -------------------------
     Management Fee                0.75%                         0.70%                          0.65%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Phoenix has contractually agreed to limit total operating expenses of the fund (excluding interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses) through May 31, 2008, so that such expenses do not exceed the following percentages of the average annual net asset values of the fund:

 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      CLASS A                              CLASS C
 -------------------------------------- ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
 Growth Opportunities Fund                             1.25%                                2.00%
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Phoenix pays Turner a subadvisory fee at the following rates:


 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           First $1 billion               $1+ billion through $2 billion                 $2+ billion
 -------------------------------------- ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
                0.375%                                 0.35%                               0.325%
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The fund and Phoenix have received an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission that permits Phoenix, subject to certain conditions, and without the approval of shareholders to: (a) employ a new unaffiliated investment adviser for a fund pursuant to the terms of a new subadvisory agreement, in each case either as a replacement for an existing subadviser or as an additional subadviser; (b) change the terms of any subadvisory agreement; and
(c) continue the employment of an existing subadviser on the same subadvisory contract terms where a contract has been assigned because of a change in control of the subadviser. In such circumstances, shareholders would receive notice of such action, including the information concerning the new subadviser that normally is provided in a proxy statement.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees approving the investment subadvisory agreement can be found in the fund's Statement of Additional Information.

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

The fund is managed by a team led by ROBERT E. TURNER, CFA, with co-managers
MARK TURNER and ROBB J. PARLANTI, CFA.

Robb Parlanti has served on the fund's portfolio management team since its inception in May 2006 and previously served on the portfolio management team of the Turner Strategic Growth Fund (the Predecessor Fund). He is Senior Portfolio Manager/Security Analyst and joined Turner in 1993. Prior to 1993, Mr. Parlanti was Assistant Vice-President and Portfolio Manager at PNC Bank. He has 18 years of investment experience.

Mark Turner has served on the portfolio management team of the fund since its inception in May 2006 and previously served on the portfolio management team of the Turner Strategic Growth Fund (the Predecessor Fund). He is Vice Chairman, Senior Portfolio Manager/Security Analyst at Turner, and co-founded the firm in 1990. Prior to 1990, Mr. Turner was Vice-President and Senior Portfolio Manager with First Maryland Asset Management. He has 22 years of investment experience.

24 Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund


Robert Turner has led the portfolio management team of the fund since its inception in May 2006 and previously served on the portfolio management team of the Turner Strategic Growth Fund (the Predecessor Fund). He is Chairman and Chief Investment Officer of Turner, and founded Turner in 1990. Prior to his current position, Mr. Turner was Senior Investment Manager with Meridian Investment Company. He has 23 years of investment experience.

Please refer to the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the fund's portfolio managers, including the structure of and method of computing compensation, other accounts they manage and their ownership of shares of the fund.

Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund 25


ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES

In addition to the Principal Investment Strategies and Risks Related to Principal Investment Strategies, the Phoenix Bond Fund ("Bond Fund"), the Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund ("Earnings Driven Growth Fund") and the Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund ("Growth Opportunities Fund") may engage in the following investment techniques:

BORROWING

Each fund may obtain fixed interest rate loans in amounts up to one third the value of its net assets and invest the loan proceeds in other assets. If the securities purchased with such borrowed money decrease in value or do not increase enough to cover interest and other borrowing costs, a fund will suffer greater losses than if no borrowing took place.

CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES

The Growth Opportunities Fund may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities have several unique investment characteristics, such as higher yields than common stocks but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities; typically less fluctuation in value than the "underlying" common stock, that is, the common stock that the investor receives if he converts; and the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases.

DEBT SECURITIES

The Earnings Driven Growth Fund may also invest in debt securities, primarily investment grade, of any maturity. Debt securities with lower credit ratings have a higher risk of default on payment of principal and interest and securities with longer maturities are subject to greater price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates. If interest rates rise, the value of debt securities generally will fall.

DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS

The Growth Opportunities Fund may invest in American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) sponsored by U.S. banks, and ADRs not sponsored by U.S. banks. While investment in ADRs may eliminate some of the risk associated with foreign investments, it does not eliminate all the risks inherent to investing in securities of foreign issuers. ADRs which are not sponsored by U.S. banks are subject to the same investment risks as foreign securities.

DERIVATIVES

Each fund may buy and write call and put options on securities, securities indices, and foreign currencies, and may enter into futures contracts and related options. The funds may also enter into swap agreements relating to interest rates, foreign currencies, and securities indices and forward foreign currency contracts. The funds may use these techniques to hedge against

26 Phoenix Opportunities Trust


changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, changes in securities prices or other factors affecting the value of their investments, or as part of their overall investment technique. If the subadviser fails to correctly predict these changes, the funds may lose money. Derivatives transactions may be less liquid than other securities and the counterparty to such transactions may not perform as expected. In addition, futures and options involve market risk in excess of their value.

FOREIGN INVESTING

The funds may invest in securities of foreign (non-U.S.) issuers, including foreign debt securities. Foreign equity investments are generally limited to securities traded on U.S. exchanges or in the NASDAQ Stock Market and American Depositary Receipts (ADRs).

Investments in non-U.S. securities involve additional risks and conditions, including differences in accounting standards, generally higher commission rates, differences in transaction settlement systems, political instability and the possibility of confiscatory or expropriation taxes, all of which may negatively impact the funds. Dividends and other income payable on foreign securities may also be subject to foreign taxes.

Some foreign investments may be made in currencies other than the U.S. dollar that will fluctuate in value as a result of changes in the currency exchange rate. In addition, foreign markets and currencies may not function as well as U.S. markets.

HIGH YIELD-HIGH RISK FIXED INCOME SECURITIES

The Earnings Driven Growth Fund may invest in high yield-high risk fixed income securities. Generally, the fund will invest in securities that are rated higher than B- by S&P or B3 by Moody's, or if unrated are judged by the subadviser to be of similar quality. High yield-high risk fixed income securities (junk bonds) typically entail greater price volatility and principal and interest rate risk than investment-grade securities. There is a greater chance that an issuer will not be able to make principal and interest payments on time. Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of high yield-high risk fixed income securities may be complex, and as a result, it may be more difficult for the subadviser to accurately predict risk.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES

The funds may invest in illiquid securities, including restricted securities. Illiquid and restricted securities may be difficult to sell or may be sold only pursuant to certain legal restrictions. Difficulty in selling securities may result in a loss to a fund or entail expenses not normally associated with the sale of a security.

MORTGAGE-BACKED AND ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES

The Earnings Driven Growth Fund may invest in mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, including pass-through type securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs), the value of which may fluctuate to a greater degree than other debt securities in response to interest rate changes. Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are generally subject to higher prepayment risk than most other types of debt securities. It is difficult to

Phoenix Opportunities Trust 27


predict cash flows from mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities due to the variability of prepayments. Prepayments also tend to limit price gains when interest rates drop and exaggerate price declines when interest rates rise. In the event of high prepayments, the fund may be required to invest proceeds at lower interest rates, causing the fund to earn less than if such prepayment had not occurred.

MUTUAL FUND INVESTING

The funds may invest in shares of other mutual funds. Assets invested in other mutual funds incur a layering of expenses including operating costs, advisory fees and administrative fees that you, as a shareholder in the funds, indirectly bear.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

The funds may invest in repurchase agreements. Default or insolvency of the other party presents a risk to the funds.

SECURITIES LENDING

Each fund may loan portfolio securities with a value up to one third of its total assets to increase its investment returns. If the borrower is unwilling or unable to return the borrowed securities when due, the fund can suffer losses.

UNRATED SECURITIES

The funds may invest in unrated securities. Unrated securities may not be lower in quality than rated securities, but due to their perceived risk, they may not have as broad a market as rated securities. Analysis of unrated securities is more complex than for rated securities, making it more difficult for the subadviser to accurately predict risk.

VARIABLE RATE, FLOATING RATE OR VARIABLE AMOUNT SECURITIES

The funds may invest in variable rate, floating rate, or variable amount securities which are generally short-term, unsecured, fluctuating, interest-bearing notes of private issuers.

The funds may buy other types of securities or employ other portfolio management techniques. Please refer to the Statement of Additional Information for more detailed information about these and other investment techniques of the funds.

28 Phoenix Opportunities Trust


PRICING OF FUND SHARES

HOW IS THE SHARE PRICE DETERMINED?

Each fund calculates a share price for each class of its shares. The share price for each class is based on the net assets of the fund and the number of outstanding shares of that class. In general, each fund calculates a share price for each class by:

o adding the values of all securities and other assets of the fund;

o subtracting liabilities; and

o dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class.

Assets: Equity securities are valued at the official closing price (typically last sale) on the exchange on which the securities are primarily traded, or if no closing price is available, at the last bid price. Shares of other investment companies are valued at such companies' net asset values. Debt securities (other than short-term investments) are valued on the basis of broker quotations or valuations provided by a pricing service, which in determining value utilizes information with respect to recent sales, market transactions in comparable securities, quotations from dealers, and various relationships between securities. Short-term investments having a remaining maturity of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, which approximates market value. As required, some securities and assets are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by, or under the direction of, the Board of Trustees. Other assets, such as accrued interest, accrued dividends and cash are also included in determining a fund's net asset value.

Liabilities: Accrued liabilities for class specific expenses (if any), distribution fees, service fees and other liabilities are deducted from the assets of each class. Accrued expenses and liabilities that are not class specific (such as management fees) are allocated to each class in proportion to each class's net assets except where an alternative allocation can be more appropriately made.

Net Asset Value: The liabilities allocated to a class are deducted from the proportionate interest of such class in the assets of the applicable fund. The resulting amount for each class is then divided by the number of shares outstanding of that class to produce each class's net asset value per share.

The net asset value per share of each class of each fund is determined as of the close of trading (normally 4:00 PM eastern time) on days when the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") is open for trading. A fund will not calculate its net asset value per share class on days when the NYSE is closed for trading. If a fund holds securities that are traded on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends or other holidays when the funds do not price their shares, the net asset value of the fund's shares may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund's shares.

Phoenix Opportunities Trust 29


HOW ARE SECURITIES FAIR VALUED?

If market quotations are not readily available or where available prices are not reliable, the funds determine a "fair value" for an investment according to rules and procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. The types of assets for which such pricing might be required include (i) securities whose trading has been suspended; (ii) securities where the trading market is unusually thin or trades have been infrequent; (iii) debt securities that have recently gone into default and for which there is no current market quotation; (iv) a security whose market price is not available from an independent pricing source and for which otherwise reliable quotes are not available; (v) securities of an issuer that has entered into a restructuring; (vi) a security whose price as provided by any pricing source does not, in the opinion of the adviser/subadviser, reflect the security's market value; (vii) foreign securities subject to trading collars for which no or limited trading takes place; and (viii) securities where the market quotations are not readily available as a result of "significant" events. This list is not inclusive of all situations that may require a security to be fair valued, nor is it intended to be conclusive in determining whether a specific event requires fair valuation.

The value of any portfolio security held by a fund for which market quotations are not readily available shall be determined in good faith and in a manner that assesses the security's "fair value" on the valuation date (i.e., the amount that the fund might reasonably expect to receive for the security upon its current sale), based on a consideration of all available facts and all available information, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) the fundamental analytical data relating to the investment; (ii) an evaluation of the forces which influence the market in which these securities are purchased and sold (e.g., the existence of merger proposals or tender offers that might affect the value of the security); (iii) price quotes from dealers and/or pricing services;
(iv) an analysis of the company's financial statements; (v) trading volumes on markets, exchanges or among dealers; (vi) recent news about the security or issuer; (vii) changes in interest rates; (viii) information obtained from the issuer, analysts, other financial institutions and/or the appropriate stock exchange (for exchange traded securities); (ix) whether two or more dealers with whom the adviser/subadviser regularly effects trades are willing to purchase or sell the security at comparable prices; (x) other news events or relevant matters; and (xi) government (domestic or foreign) actions or pronouncements.

Certain foreign common stocks may be fair valued in cases where closing prices are not readily available or are deemed not reflective of readily available market prices. For example, events (such as movement in the U.S. securities market, or other regional and local developments) may occur between the time that foreign markets close (where the security is principally traded) and the time that the fund calculates its net asset value (generally, the close of the NYSE) that may impact the value of securities traded in these foreign markets. In such cases, information from an external vendor may be utilized to adjust closing market prices of certain foreign common stocks to reflect their fair value. Because the frequency of significant events is not predictable, fair valuation of certain foreign common stocks may occur on a frequent basis.

The value of a security, as determined using the fund's fair valuation procedures, may not reflect such security's market value.

30 Phoenix Opportunities Trust


AT WHAT PRICE ARE SHARES PURCHASED?

All investments received by the funds' authorized agents prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally 4:00 PM eastern time) will be executed based on that day's net asset value. Shares credited to your account from the reinvestment of a fund's distributions will be in full and fractional shares that are purchased at the closing net asset value on the next business day on which the fund's net asset value is calculated following the dividend record date.

SALES CHARGES

WHAT ARE THE CLASSES AND HOW DO THEY DIFFER?

The Bond Fund and the Earnings Driven Growth Fund presently offer four classes of shares. The Growth Opportunities Fund offers two classes of shares. Each class of shares, except Class X Shares, has different sales and distribution charges. (See "Fund Fees and Expenses" previously in this prospectus.) For certain classes of shares, the funds have adopted distribution and service plans allowed under Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 that authorize the funds to pay distribution and service fees for the sale of those shares and for services provided to shareholders.

WHAT ARRANGEMENT IS BEST FOR YOU?

The different classes of shares permit you to choose the method of purchasing shares that is most beneficial to you. In choosing a class of shares, consider the amount of your investment, the length of time you expect to hold the shares, whether you decide to receive distributions in cash or to reinvest them in additional shares, and any other personal circumstances. Depending upon these considerations, the accumulated distribution and service fees and contingent deferred sales charges of one class of shares may be more or less than the initial sales charge and accumulated distribution and service fees of another class of shares bought at the same time. Because distribution and service fees are paid out of a fund's assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

Your financial representative should recommend only those arrangements that are suitable for you based on known information. In certain instances, you may be entitled to a reduction or waiver of sales charges. For instance, you may be entitled to a sales charge discount on Class A Shares if you purchase more than certain breakpoint amounts. You should inform or inquire of your financial representative whether or not you may be entitled to a sales charge discount attributable to your total holdings in a fund or affiliated funds. To determine eligibility for a sales charge discount, you may aggregate all of your accounts (including joint accounts, IRAs, non-IRAs, etc.) and those of your spouse and minor children. The financial representative may request you to provide an account statement or other holdings information to determine your eligibility for a breakpoint and to make certain all involved parties have the necessary data.

Phoenix Opportunities Trust 31


Additional information about the classes of shares offered, sales charges, breakpoints and discounts follows in this section and also may be found in the Statement of Additional Information in the section entitled "How to Buy Shares." This information is available free of charge, and in a clear and prominent format, at the Individual Investors section of the Phoenix Funds' Web sites at PhoenixFunds.com or PhoenixInvestments.com. Please be sure that you fully understand these choices before investing. If you or your financial representative require additional assistance, you may also contact Mutual Fund Services by calling toll-free (800) 243-1574.

CLASS X SHARES (BOND FUND AND EARNINGS DRIVEN GROWTH FUND ONLY). Class X Shares are offered primarily to institutional investors, such as pension and profit sharing plans, other employee benefit trusts, investment advisers, endowments, foundations and corporations. If you are eligible to purchase and do purchase Class X Shares, you will pay no sales charge at any time. There are no distribution and services fees applicable to Class X Shares. For additional information about purchasing Class X Shares, please contact Mutual Fund Services by calling (800) 243-1574.

CLASS A SHARES. If you purchase Class A Shares, you will pay a sales charge at the time of purchase equal to 4.75% of the offering price (4.99% of the amount invested) for the Bond Fund and 5.75% of the offering price (6.10% of the amount invested) for the Earnings Driven Growth Fund and Growth Opportunities Fund(1). The sales charge may be reduced or waived under certain conditions. (See "Initial Sales Charge Alternative--Class A Shares" below.) Generally, Class A Shares are not subject to any charges by the fund when redeemed; however, a 1% contingent deferred sales charge ("CDSC") may be imposed on certain redemptions within one year on purchases on which a finder's fee has been paid. The one-year period begins on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the purchase was made. Class A Shares have lower distribution and service fees (0.25%) and pay higher dividends than Class B Shares and Class C Shares.

CLASS B SHARES (BOND FUND AND EARNINGS DRIVEN GROWTH FUND ONLY). If you purchase Class B Shares, you will not pay a sales charge at the time of purchase. If you sell your Class B Shares within the first five years after they are purchased, you will pay a deferred sales charge of up to 5% of your shares' value. (See "Deferred Sales Charge Alternative--Class B Shares and Class C Shares" below.) This charge declines to 0% over a period of five years and may be waived under certain conditions. Class B Shares have higher distribution and service fees (1.00%) and pay lower dividends than Class A Shares. Class B Shares automatically convert to Class A Shares eight years after purchase. Purchases of Class B Shares may be inappropriate for any investor who may qualify for reduced sales charges of Class A Shares and anyone who is over 85 years of age. The underwriter may decline purchases in such situations.

CLASS C SHARES. If you purchase Class C Shares, you will not pay a sales charge at the time of purchase. If you sell your Class C Shares within the first year after they are purchased, you will pay a deferred sales charge of 1%. (See "Deferred Sales Charge Alternative--Class B Shares

(1) As previously noted, existing shareholders of the Predecessor Fund who became shareholders of the Growth Opportunities Fund through the reorganization will receive Class A Shares of the Growth Opportunities Fund in exchange for their shares of the Predecessor Fund and will not be required to pay a sales load for new purchases of Class A Shares of the Growth Opportunities Fund.

32 Phoenix Opportunities Trust


and Class C Shares" below.) Class C Shares have the same distribution and service fees (1.00%) and pay comparable dividends as Class B Shares. Class C Shares do not convert to any other class of shares of the fund.

INITIAL SALES CHARGE ALTERNATIVE--CLASS A SHARES

The public offering price of Class A Shares is the net asset value plus a sales charge that varies depending on the size of your purchase. (See "Class A Shares--Reduced Initial Sales Charges" in the Statement of Additional Information.) Shares purchased based on the automatic reinvestment of income dividends or capital gain distributions are not subject to any sales charges. The sales charge is divided between your investment dealer and the funds' underwriter (Phoenix Equity Planning Corporation, "the Distributor" or "PEPCO").

SALES CHARGE YOU MAY PAY TO PURCHASE CLASS A SHARES

BOND FUND

                                                                         SALES CHARGE AS
                                                                          A PERCENTAGE OF
AMOUNT OF                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION                                                 OFFERING                         NET AMOUNT
AT OFFERING PRICE                                            PRICE                            INVESTED
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under $50,000                                                  4.75%                             4.99%
$50,000 but under $100,000                                     4.50                              4.71
$100,000 but under $250,000                                    3.50                              3.63
$250,000 but under $500,000                                    2.75                              2.83
$500,000 but under $1,000,000                                  2.00                              2.04
$1,000,000 or more                                             None                              None

EARNINGS DRIVEN GROWTH FUND AND GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND

                                                                         SALES CHARGE AS
                                                                          A PERCENTAGE OF
AMOUNT OF                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION                                                 OFFERING                         NET AMOUNT
AT OFFERING PRICE                                            PRICE                            INVESTED
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under $50,000                                                  5.75%                             6.10%
$50,000 but under $100,000                                     4.75                              4.99
$100,000 but under $250,000                                    3.75                              3.90
$250,000 but under $500,000                                    2.75                              2.83
$500,000 but under $1,000,000                                  2.00                              2.04
$1,000,000 or more                                             None                              None

SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS

Investors may reduce or eliminate sales charges applicable to purchases of Class A Shares through utilization of Combination Purchase Privilege, Letter of Intent, Right of Accumulation, Purchase by Associations or the Account Reinstatement Privilege. These programs are summarized below and may be described in greater detail in the Statement of Additional Information. Investors buying Class A Shares on which a finder's fee has been paid may incur a 1% deferred sales charge if they redeem their shares within one year of purchase.

Phoenix Opportunities Trust 33


Combination Purchase Privilege. Your purchase of any class of shares of these funds or any other Phoenix Fund (other than Phoenix Money Market Fund), if made at the same time by the same person, will be added together with any existing Phoenix Fund account values to determine whether the combined sum entitles you to an immediate reduction in sales charges. A "person" is defined in this and the following sections as: (a) any individual, their spouse and minor children purchasing shares for his or their own account (including an IRA account) including his or their own trust; (b) a trustee or other fiduciary purchasing for a single trust, estate or single fiduciary account (even though more than one beneficiary may exist); (c) multiple employer trusts or Section 403(b) plans for the same employer; (d) multiple accounts (up to 200) under a qualified employee benefit plan or administered by a third party administrator; or (e) trust companies, bank trust departments, registered investment advisers, and similar entities placing orders or providing administrative services with respect to accounts over which they exercise discretionary investment authority and which are held in a fiduciary, agency, custodial or similar capacity, provided all shares are held of record in the name, or nominee name, of the entity placing the order.

Letter of Intent. If you sign a Letter of Intent, your purchase of any class of shares of these funds or any other Phoenix Fund (other than Phoenix Money Market Fund), if made by the same person within a 13-month period, will be added together to determine whether you are entitled to an immediate reduction in sales charges. Sales charges are reduced based on the overall amount you indicate that you will buy under the Letter of Intent. The Letter of Intent is a mutually non-binding arrangement between you and the Distributor. Shares worth 5% of the amount of each purchase will be held in escrow (while remaining registered in your name) to secure payment of the higher sales charges applicable to the shares actually purchased in the event the full intended amount is not purchased.

Right of Accumulation. The value of your account(s) in any class of shares of these funds or any other Phoenix Fund (other than Phoenix Money Market Fund) if made over time by the same person, may be added together at the time of each purchase to determine whether the combined sum entitles you to a prospective reduction in sales charges. You must provide certain account information to the Distributor at the time of purchase to exercise this right.

Purchase by Associations. Certain groups or associations may be treated as a "person" and qualify for reduced Class A Share sales charges. The group or association must: (1) have been in existence for at least six months; (2) have a legitimate purpose other than to purchase mutual fund shares at a reduced sales charge; (3) work through an investment dealer; or (4) not be a group whose sole reason for existing is to consist of members who are credit card holders of a particular company, policyholders of an insurance company, customers of a bank or a broker-dealer or clients of an investment adviser.

Account Reinstatement Privilege. For 180 days after you sell your Class A, Class B or Class C Shares on which you have previously paid a sales charge, you may purchase Class A Shares of any Phoenix Fund at net asset value, with no sales charge, by reinvesting all or part of your proceeds, but not more.

34 Phoenix Opportunities Trust


Sales at Net Asset Value. In addition to the programs summarized above, the funds may sell their Class A Shares at net asset value without an initial sales charge to certain types of accounts or account holders, including, but not limited to: trustees of the Phoenix Funds; directors, officers, employees and sales representatives of the adviser, subadviser (if any) or Distributor or a corporate affiliate of the adviser or Distributor; private clients of an adviser or subadviser to any of the Phoenix Funds; registered representatives and employees of dealers with which the Distributor has sales agreements; and certain qualified employee benefit plans, endowment funds or foundations. Additionally, existing shareholders of the Predecessor Fund who became shareholders of the Growth Opportunities Fund through the reorganization will receive Class A Shares of the Growth Opportunities Fund in exchange for their shares of the Predecessor Fund and will not be required to pay a sales load for new purchases of Class A Shares of the Growth Opportunities Fund. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for more information about qualifying for purchases of Class A Shares at net asset value.

DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ALTERNATIVE--CLASS B SHARES AND CLASS C SHARES

Class B Shares and Class C Shares are purchased without an initial sales charge; however, shares sold within a specified time period are subject to a declining contingent deferred sales charge ("CDSC") at the rates listed below. The sales charge will be multiplied by the then current market value or the initial cost of the shares being redeemed, whichever is less. No sales charge will be imposed on increases in net asset value or on shares purchased through the reinvestment of income dividends or capital gain distributions. To minimize the sales charge, shares not subject to any charge will be redeemed first, followed by shares held the longest time. To calculate the number of shares owned and time period held, all Class B Shares purchased in any month are considered purchased on the last day of the preceding month, and all Class C Shares are considered purchased on the trade date.

DEFERRED SALES CHARGE YOU MAY PAY TO SELL CLASS B SHARES
(BOND FUND AND EARNINGS DRIVEN GROWTH FUND ONLY)

YEAR 1 2 3 4 5 6+
CDSC 5% 4% 3% 2% 2% 0%

DEFERRED SALES CHARGE YOU MAY PAY TO SELL CLASS C SHARES

YEAR 1 2+

CDSC 1% 0%

COMPENSATION TO DEALERS

Dealers with whom the Distributor has entered into sales agreements receive a discount or commission on Class A Shares as described below.

Phoenix Opportunities Trust 35


BOND FUND

 AMOUNT OF                                SALES CHARGE AS A      SALES CHARGE AS A      DEALER DISCOUNT AS A
 TRANSACTION                                PERCENTAGE OF          PERCENTAGE OF            PERCENTAGE OF
 AT OFFERING PRICE                          OFFERING PRICE        AMOUNT INVESTED          OFFERING PRICE
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Under $50,000                                   4.75%                  4.99%                   4.25%
 $50,000 but under $100,000                      4.50                   4.71                    4.00
 $100,000 but under $250,000                     3.50                   3.63                    3.00
 $250,000 but under $500,000                     2.75                   2.83                    2.25
 $500,000 but under $1,000,000                   2.00                   2.04                    1.75
 $1,000,000 or more                              None                   None                    None

EARNINGS DRIVEN GROWTH AND GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUNDS

 AMOUNT OF                                SALES CHARGE AS A      SALES CHARGE AS A      DEALER DISCOUNT AS A
 TRANSACTION                                PERCENTAGE OF          PERCENTAGE OF            PERCENTAGE OF
 AT OFFERING PRICE                          OFFERING PRICE        AMOUNT INVESTED          OFFERING PRICE
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Under $50,000                                   5.75%                  6.10%                   5.00%
 $50,000 but under $100,000                      4.75                   4.99                    4.25
 $100,000 but under $250,000                     3.75                   3.90                    3.25
 $250,000 but under $500,000                     2.75                   2.83                    2.25
 $500,000 but under $1,000,000                   2.00                   2.04                    1.75
 $1,000,000 or more                              None                   None                    None

In addition to the dealer discount on purchases of Class A Shares, the Distributor intends to pay investment dealers a sales commission of 4% of the sale price of Class B Shares and a sales commission of 1% of the sale price of Class C Shares sold by such dealers. (This sales commission will not be paid to dealers for sales of Class B Shares or Class C Shares purchased by 401(k) participants of the Merrill Lynch Daily K Plan (the "Plan") due to a waiver of the CDSC for these Plan participants' purchases.) Your broker, dealer or financial advisor may also charge you additional commissions or fees for their services in selling shares to you provided they notify the Distributor of their intention to do so.

Dealers and other entities that enter into special arrangements with the Distributor may receive compensation for the sale and promotion of shares of the funds and/or for providing other shareholder services. Such fees are in addition to the sales commissions referenced above and may be based upon the amount of sales of fund shares by a dealer; the provision of assistance in marketing of fund shares; access to sales personnel and information dissemination services; provision of recordkeeping and administrative services to qualified employee benefit plans; and other criteria as established by the Distributor. Depending on the nature of the services, these fees may be paid either from the funds through distribution fees, service fees or transfer agent fees or, in some cases, the Distributor may pay certain fees from its own profits and resources. From its own profits and resources, the Distributor does intend to: (a) from time to time, pay special incentive and retention fees to qualified wholesalers, registered financial institutions and third party marketers; (b) pay broker-dealers a finder's fee in an amount equal to 1% of the first $3 million of Class A Share purchases by an account held in the name of a qualified employee benefit plan with at least 100 eligible employees, 0.50% on the next $3 million, plus 0.25% on the amount in excess of $6 million; and (c) excluding purchases as described in (b) above, pay broker-dealers an amount equal to 1.00% of the amount of Class A Shares sold from

36 Phoenix Opportunities Trust


$1,000,000 to $3,000,000, 0.50% on amounts of $3,000,001 to $10,000,000 and 0.25% on amounts greater than $10,000,000. For purchases made prior to January 11, 2006, if part or all of such investment as described in (b) and (c) above, including investments by qualified employee benefit plans, is subsequently redeemed within one year of the investment date, the broker-dealer will refund to the Distributor such amounts paid with respect to the investment. For purchases made after January 11, 2006, if part or all of such investment as described in (b) and (c) above, including investments by qualified employee benefit plans opened after January 11, 2006, is subsequently redeemed within one year, a 1% CDSC may apply, except for redemptions of shares purchased on which a finder's fee would have been paid where such investor's dealer of record, due to the nature of the investor's account, notifies the Distributor prior to the time of the investment that the dealer waives the finder's fee otherwise payable to the dealer, or agrees to receive such finder's fee ratably over a 12-month period. For purposes of determining the applicability of the CDSC, the one-year CDSC period begins on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the purchase was made. Any dealer who receives more than 90% of a sales charge may be deemed to be an "underwriter" under the Securities Act of 1933. PEPCO reserves the right to discontinue or alter such fee payment plans at any time.

From its own resources or pursuant to the Distribution Plans, and subject to the dealers' prior approval, the Distributor may provide additional compensation to registered representatives of dealers in the form of travel expenses, meals, and lodging associated with training and educational meetings sponsored by the Distributor. The Distributor may also provide gifts amounting in value to less than $100, and occasional meals or entertainment, to registered representatives of dealers. Any such travel expenses, meals, lodging, gifts or entertainment paid will not be preconditioned upon the registered representatives' or dealers' achievement of a sales target. The Distributor may, from time to time, reallow the entire portion of the sales charge on Class A Shares which it normally retains to individual selling dealers. However, such additional reallowance generally will be made only when the selling dealer commits to substantial marketing support such as internal wholesaling through dedicated personnel, internal communications and mass mailings.

The Distributor has agreed to pay fees to certain distributors for preferred marketing opportunities. These arrangements may be viewed as creating a conflict of interest between these distributors and investors. Investors should make due inquiry of their selling agents to ensure that they are receiving the requisite point of sale disclosures and suitable recommendations free of any influence by reason of these arrangements.

Phoenix Opportunities Trust 37


YOUR ACCOUNT

OPENING AN ACCOUNT

Your financial advisor can assist you with your initial purchase as well as all phases of your investment program. If you are opening an account by yourself, please follow the instructions outlined below. These procedures do not apply to purchases of Class X Shares. For information about purchasing Class X Shares, please contact Mutual Fund Services by calling (800) 243-1574.

The funds have established the following preferred methods of payment for fund shares:

o Checks drawn on an account in the name of the investor and made payable to Phoenix Funds;

o Checks drawn on an account in the name of the investor's company or employer and made payable to Phoenix Funds; or

o Wire transfers or Automatic Clearing House (ACH) transfers from an account in the name of the investor, or the investor's company or employer.

Payment in other forms may be accepted at the discretion of the funds. Please specify the name(s) of the fund or funds in which you would like to invest on the check or transfer instructions.

To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. Accordingly, when you open an account, we will ask for your name, address, date of birth and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may check the information you provide against publicly available databases, information obtained from consumer reporting agencies, other financial institutions or other sources. If, after reasonable effort, we cannot verify your identity, we reserve the right to close the account and redeem the shares at net asset value next calculated after the decision is made by us to close the account.

STEP 1.

Your first choice will be the initial amount you intend to invest.

Minimum INITIAL investments:

o $25 for individual retirement accounts (IRAs), accounts that use the systematic exchange privilege or accounts that use the Investo-Matic program. (See below for more information on the Investo-Matic program.)

38 Phoenix Opportunities Trust


o There is no initial dollar requirement for defined contribution plans, asset-based fee programs, profit-sharing plans or employee benefit plans. There is also no minimum for reinvesting dividends and capital gains into another account.

o $500 for all other accounts.

Minimum ADDITIONAL investments:

o $25 for any account.

o There is no minimum for defined contribution plans, profit-sharing plans or employee benefit plans. There is also no minimum for reinvesting dividends and capital gains into an existing account.

The funds reserve the right to refuse any purchase order for any reason.

STEP 2.

Your second choice will be what class of shares to buy. The Bond and Earnings Driven Growth Funds offer three classes of shares, and the Growth Opportunities Fund offers two classes of shares for individual investors. Each share class has different sales and distribution charges. Because all future investments in your account will be made in the share class you choose when you open your account, you should make your decision carefully. Your financial advisor can help you pick the share class that makes the most sense for your situation.

STEP 3.

Your next choice will be how you want to receive any dividends and capital gain distributions. Your options are:

o Receive both dividends and capital gain distributions in additional shares;

o Receive dividends in additional shares and capital gain distributions in cash;

o Receive dividends in cash and capital gain distributions in additional shares; or

o Receive both dividends and capital gain distributions in cash.

No interest will be paid on uncashed distribution checks.

Phoenix Opportunities Trust 39


HOW TO BUY SHARES

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT
                                  (CLASS A, CLASS B AND CLASS C SHARES ONLY)

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Through a financial advisor         Contact your advisor. Some advisors may charge a fee and may set different
                                    minimum investments or limitations on buying shares.
----------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Complete a New Account Application and send it with a check payable to the
Through the mail                    fund. Mail them to: State Street Bank, P.O. Box 8301, Boston, MA
                                    02266-8301.
----------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Complete a New Account Application and send it with a check payable to the
Through express delivery            fund. Send them to: Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Phoenix Funds,
                                    66 Brooks Drive, Braintree, MA 02184.
----------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
By Federal Funds wire               Call us at (800) 243-1574 (press 1, then 0).
----------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Complete the appropriate section on the application and send it with your
By Investo-Matic                    initial investment payable to the fund. Mail them to: State Street Bank,
                                    P.O. Box 8301, Boston, MA 02266-8301.
----------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
By telephone exchange               Call us at (800) 243-1574 (press 1, then 0).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The price at which a purchase is effected is based on the net asset value determined after receipt of a purchase order by the funds' Transfer Agent.

HOW TO SELL SHARES

You have the right to have the funds buy back shares at the net asset value next determined after receipt of a redemption order by the funds' Transfer Agent or an authorized agent. In the case of a Class B Share or Class C Share redemption, you will be subject to the applicable contingent deferred sales charge, if any, for such shares. Subject to certain restrictions, shares may be redeemed by telephone or in writing. In addition, shares may be sold through securities dealers, brokers or agents who may charge customary commissions or fees for their services. The funds do not charge any redemption fees. Payment for shares redeemed is made within seven days; however, redemption proceeds will not be disbursed until each check used for purchases of shares has been cleared for payment by your bank, which may take up to 15 days after receipt of the check.

40 Phoenix Opportunities Trust


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     TO SELL SHARES
                                     (CLASS A, CLASS B AND CLASS C SHARES ONLY)
------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------

Through a financial advisor          Contact your advisor. Some advisors may
                                     charge a fee and may set different minimums
                                     on redemptions of accounts.
------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------

Through the mail                     Send a letter of instruction and any share
                                     certificates (if you hold certificate
                                     shares) to: State Street Bank, P.O. Box
                                     8301, Boston, MA 02266-8301. Be sure to
                                     include the registered owner's name, fund
                                     and account number and number of shares or
                                     dollar value you wish to sell.
------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------

Through express delivery             Send a letter of instruction and any share
                                     certificates (if you hold certificate
                                     shares) to: Boston Financial Data Services,
                                     Attn: Phoenix Funds, 66 Brooks Drive,
                                     Braintree, MA 02184. Be sure to include the
                                     registered owner's name, fund and account
                                     number and number of shares or dollar value
                                     you wish to sell.
------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------
By telephone                         For sales up to $50,000, requests can be
                                     made by calling (800) 243-1574.
------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------
By telephone exchange                Call us at (800) 243-1574 (press 1, then 0)
------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------

THINGS YOU SHOULD KNOW WHEN SELLING SHARES

You may realize a taxable gain or loss (for federal income tax purposes) if you redeem shares of the funds. Each fund reserves the right to pay large redemptions "in-kind" (i.e., in securities owned by the fund) rather than in cash. Large redemptions are those over $250,000 or 1% of the fund's net assets, whichever is less. Additional documentation will be required for redemptions by organizations, fiduciaries, or retirement plans, or if a redemption is requested by anyone but the shareholder(s) of record. Transfers between broker-dealer "street" accounts are governed by the accepting broker-dealer. Questions regarding this type of transfer should be directed to your financial advisor. Redemption requests will not be honored until all required documents, in proper form, have been received. To avoid delay in redemption or transfer, shareholders having questions about specific requirements should contact the funds' Transfer Agent at (800) 243-1574.

REDEMPTIONS BY MAIL

>        If you are selling shares held individually, jointly, or as custodian
         under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act or Uniform Transfers to Minors
         Act:

         Send a clear letter of instruction if all of these apply:

         o The proceeds do not exceed $50,000.


                                                 Phoenix Opportunities Trust  41

         o The proceeds are payable to the registered owner at the address on
           record.

         Send a clear letter of instruction with a signature guarantee when any
         of these apply:

         o You are selling more than $50,000 worth of shares.

         o The name or address on the account has changed within the last 30
           days.

         o You want the proceeds to go to a different name or address than on
           the account.

>        If you are selling shares held in a corporate or fiduciary account,
         please contact the funds' Transfer Agent at (800) 243-1574.

If required, the signature guarantee must be a STAMP 2000 Medallion guarantee and be made by an eligible guarantor institution as defined by the funds' Transfer Agent in accordance with its signature guarantee procedures. Guarantees using previous technology medallions will not be accepted. Currently, the Transfer Agent's signature guarantee procedures generally permit guarantees by banks, broker-dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings associations.

SELLING SHARES BY TELEPHONE

The Transfer Agent will use reasonable procedures to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine. Address and bank account information are verified, redemption instructions are taped, and all redemptions are confirmed in writing.

The individual investor bears the risk from instructions given by an unauthorized third party that the Transfer Agent reasonably believed to be genuine.

The Transfer Agent may modify or terminate the telephone redemption privilege at any time with 60 days notice to shareholders, except for instances of disruptive trading or market timing; in such cases, the telephone redemption privilege may be suspended immediately, followed by written notice. (See "Disruptive Trading and Market Timing" in this Prospectus.)

During times of drastic economic or market changes, telephone redemptions may be difficult to make or temporarily suspended.

ACCOUNT POLICIES

ACCOUNT REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE

For 180 days after you sell your Class A Shares, Class B Shares, or Class C Shares on which you have previously paid a sales charge, you may purchase Class A Shares of any Phoenix Fund at net asset value, with no sales charge, by reinvesting all or part of your proceeds, but not

42 Phoenix Opportunities Trust


more. Send your written request to State Street Bank, P.O. Box 8301, Boston, MA 02266-8301. You can call us at (800) 243-1574 for more information.

Please remember, a redemption and reinvestment are considered to be a sale and purchase for tax-reporting purposes. Class B and Class C shareholders who have had the contingent deferred sales charge waived because they are in the Systematic Withdrawal Program are not eligible for this reinstatement privilege.

REDEMPTION OF SMALL ACCOUNTS

Due to the high cost of maintaining small accounts, if your redemption activity causes your account balance to fall below $200, you may receive a notice requesting you to bring the balance up to $200 within 60 days. If you do not, the shares in the account will be sold at net asset value, and a check will be mailed to the address of record.

DISTRIBUTIONS OF SMALL AMOUNTS AND UNCASHED CHECKS

Distributions in amounts less than $10 will automatically be reinvested in additional shares of the fund. If you have elected to receive distributions in cash, and the postal or other delivery service is unable to deliver checks to your address of record, or you do not respond to mailings from the fund with regard to uncashed distribution checks, your distribution options will automatically be converted to having all distributions reinvested in additional shares.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGES

You should read the prospectus of the Phoenix Fund(s) into which you want to make an exchange before deciding to make an exchange. You can obtain a prospectus from your financial advisor or by calling us at (800) 243-4361, or accessing our Web sites at PhoenixFunds.com or PhoenixInvestments.com.

o You may exchange shares of one fund for the same class of shares of another Phoenix Fund; e.g., Class A Shares for Class A Shares. Class C Shares are also exchangeable for Class T Shares of those Phoenix Funds offering them. Exchange privileges may not be available for all Phoenix Funds and may be rejected or suspended.

o Exchanges may be made by telephone ((800) 243-1574) or by mail (State Street Bank, P.O. Box 8301, Boston, MA 02266-8301).

o The amount of the exchange must be equal to or greater than the minimum initial investment required.

o The exchange of shares is treated as a sale and a purchase for federal income tax purposes.

DISRUPTIVE TRADING AND MARKET TIMING

These funds are not suitable for market timers and market timers are discouraged from becoming investors. Your ability to make exchanges among funds is subject to modification if

Phoenix Opportunities Trust 43


we determine, in our sole opinion, that your exercise of the exchange privilege may disadvantage or potentially harm the rights or interests of other shareholders.

Frequent purchases, redemptions and exchanges, programmed exchanges, exchanges into and then out of a fund in a short period of time, and exchanges of large amounts at one time may be indicative of market timing and otherwise disruptive trading ("Disruptive Trading") which can have risks and harmful effects for other shareholders. These risks and harmful effects include:

o dilution of the interests of long-term investors, if market timers or others exchange into a fund at prices that are below the true value or exchange out of a fund at prices that are higher than the true value;

o an adverse effect on portfolio management, as determined by portfolio management in its sole discretion, such as causing the fund to maintain a higher level of cash than would otherwise be the case, or causing the fund to liquidate investments prematurely; and

o reducing returns to long-term shareholders through increased brokerage and administrative expenses.

In order to attempt to protect our shareholders from Disruptive Trading, the funds' Board of Trustees has adopted market timing policies and procedures designed to discourage Disruptive Trading. The Board has adopted these policies and procedures as a preventive measure to protect all shareholders from the potential effects of Disruptive Trading, while also abiding by any rights that shareholders may have to make exchanges and provide reasonable and convenient methods of making exchanges that do not have the potential to harm other shareholders.

Excessive trading activity is measured by the number of roundtrip transactions in an account. A roundtrip transaction is one where a shareholder buys and then sells, or sells and then buys, shares of any fund within 30 days. Shareholders of the funds are limited to one roundtrip transaction within any rolling 30-day period. Roundtrip transactions are counted at the shareholder level. In considering a shareholder's trading activity, the funds may consider, among other factors, the shareholder's trading history both directly and, if known, through financial intermediaries, in the funds, in other funds within the Phoenix Fund complex, in non-Phoenix mutual funds or in accounts under common control or ownership. We do not include exchanges made pursuant to the dollar cost averaging or other similar programs when applying our market timing policies. Systematic withdrawal and/or contribution programs, mandatory retirement distributions, and transactions initiated by a plan sponsor also will not count towards the roundtrip limits. The funds may permit exchanges that they believe, in the exercise of their judgment, are not disruptive. The size of the fund and the size of the requested transaction may be considered when determining whether or not the transaction would be disruptive.

44 Phoenix Opportunities Trust


Shareholders holding shares for at least 30 days following investment will ordinarily be in compliance with the funds' policies regarding excessive trading. The funds may, however, take action if activity is deemed disruptive even if shares are held longer than 30 days, such as a request for a transaction of an unusually large size. The size of the fund and the size of the requested transaction may be considered when determining whether or not the transaction would be disruptive.

Under our market timing policies, we may modify your exchange privileges for some or all of the funds by not accepting an exchange request from you or from any person, asset allocation service, and/or market timing services made on your behalf. We may also limit the amount that may be exchanged into or out of any fund at any one time or could revoke your right to make Internet, telephone or facsimile exchanges. We may reinstate Internet, telephone and facsimile exchange privileges after they are revoked, but we will not reinstate these privileges if we have reason to believe that they might be used thereafter for Disruptive Trading.

The funds currently do not charge exchange or redemption fees, or any other administrative charges on fund exchanges. The funds reserve the right to impose such fees and/or charges in the future.

Orders for the purchase of fund shares are subject to acceptance by the relevant fund. We reserve the right to reject, without prior notice, any exchange request into any fund if the purchase of shares in the corresponding fund is not accepted for any reason.

Omnibus accounts are maintained by intermediaries acting on behalf of multiple investors whose individual trades are not ordinarily disclosed to the funds. There is no assurance that the funds or their agents will have access to any or all information necessary to detect market timing in omnibus accounts. While the funds will seek to take action (directly and with the assistance of financial intermediaries) that will detect market timing, the funds cannot guarantee that such trading activity can be completely eliminated.

The funds do not have any arrangements with any person, organization or entity to permit frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares.

We may, without prior notice, take whatever action we deem appropriate to comply with or take advantage of any state or federal regulatory requirement. The funds reserve the right to reject any purchase or exchange transaction at any time. If we reject a purchase or exchange for any reason, we will notify you of our decision in writing.

The funds cannot guarantee that their policies and procedures regarding market timing will be effective in detecting and deterring all Disruptive Trading.

RETIREMENT PLANS

Shares of the funds may be used as investments under the following qualified prototype retirement plans: traditional IRA, rollover IRA, SIMPLE IRA, Roth IRA, 401(k) plans, profit-sharing, money purchase plans and 403(b) plans. For more information, call (800) 243-4361.

Phoenix Opportunities Trust 45


INVESTOR SERVICES AND OTHER INFORMATION

INVESTO-MATIC is a systematic investment plan that allows you to have a specified amount automatically deducted from your checking or savings account and then deposited into your mutual fund account. Just complete the Investo-Matic Section on the application and include a voided check.

SYSTEMATIC EXCHANGE allows you to automatically move money from one Phoenix Fund to another on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis. Shares of one Phoenix Fund will be exchanged for shares of the same class of another Phoenix Fund at the interval you select. To sign up, just complete the Systematic Exchange Section on the application. Exchange privileges may not be available for all Phoenix Funds and may be rejected or suspended.

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE lets you exchange shares of one Phoenix Fund for the same class of shares in another Phoenix Fund, using our customer service telephone service. (See the "Telephone Exchange" section on the application.) Exchange privileges may not be available for all Phoenix Funds, and may be rejected or suspended.

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM allows you to periodically redeem a portion of your account on a predetermined monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis. Sufficient shares will be redeemed on the 15th of the month at the closing net asset value so that the payment is made about the 20th of the month. The program also provides for redemptions on or about the 10th, 15th, or 25th with proceeds directed through the ACH to your bank. The minimum withdrawal is $25, and minimum account balance requirements continue. Shareholders in the program must own Phoenix Fund shares worth at least $5,000.

DISCLOSURE OF FUND HOLDINGS. The funds makes available on the Phoenix Funds' Web sites, PhoenixFunds.com or PhoenixInvestments.com, information with respect to the funds' top 10 holdings and summary composition data derived from portfolio holdings information. This information is posted to the Web sites at the end of each month with respect to the top 10 holdings, and at the end of each quarter with respect to summary composition information, generally within 10 business days. This information will remain available on the Web sites until full portfolio holdings information becomes publicly available. A full listing of the funds' portfolio holdings becomes publicly available (i) as of the end of its second and fourth fiscal quarters in shareholder reports, which are sent to all shareholders and are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") on Form N-CSR, and (ii) at the end of its first and third fiscal quarters by filing with the SEC a Form N-Q. The funds' shareholder reports are available on Phoenix's Web site at PhoenixFunds.com (also accessible at PhoenixInvestments.com). The funds' Form N-Q filings are available on the SEC's Internet site at sec.gov. A more detailed description of the funds' policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the funds' portfolio securities is also available in the Statement of Additional Information.

46 Phoenix Opportunities Trust


TAX STATUS OF DISTRIBUTIONS

The funds plan to make distributions from net investment income at intervals stated in the table below, and to distribute net realized capital gains, if any, annually.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   FUND                                                                    DIVIDEND PAID

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Bond Fund                                                                  Monthly

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Earnings Driven Growth Fund                                              Semiannually

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   Growth Opportunities Fund                                                Semiannually


------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Distributions of short-term capital gains and net investment income are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Under the Jobs and Growth Tax Reconciliation Act of 2003, certain distributions of long-term capital gains and certain dividends are taxable at a lower rate than ordinary income. Long-term capital gains, if any, distributed to shareholders and which are designated by a fund as capital gain distributions, are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain distributions regardless of the length of time you have owned your shares.

Unless you elect to receive distributions in cash, dividends and capital gain distributions are paid in additional shares. All distributions, cash or additional shares, are subject to federal income tax and may be subject to state, local and other taxes.

Phoenix Opportunities Trust 47


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

These tables are intended to help you understand the funds' financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. The total returns in the table represent the rate that an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in the fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). This information has been audited by the funds' independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP. Their report, together with the funds' financial statements, is included in the funds' most recent Annual Report, which is available upon request.

PHOENIX BOND FUND

                                                                           CLASS X
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                   2005         2004        2003        2002(4)      2001
                                                 ---------    --------    ---------    --------    --------
Net asset value, beginning of period              $10.73      $10.78       $10.39       $10.44      $10.16
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:
   Net investment income (loss)(1)                  0.37        0.40         0.41         0.48        0.70
   Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)         (0.11)       0.08         0.46         0.12        0.26
                                                  -------     -------      -------      -------     -------

     TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS               0.26        0.48         0.87         0.60        0.96
                                                  -------     -------      -------      -------     -------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
   Dividends from net investment income            (0.37)      (0.46)       (0.42)       (0.49)      (0.68)
   Distributions from net realized gains           (0.06)      (0.07)       (0.06)       (0.16)          --
                                                  -------     -------      -------      -------     -------

     TOTAL DISTRIBUTIONS                           (0.43)      (0.53)       (0.48)       (0.65)      (0.68)
                                                  -------     -------      -------      -------     -------

Change in net asset value                          (0.17)      (0.05)        0.39        (0.05)       0.28
                                                  -------     -------      -------      -------     -------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD                    $10.56      $10.73       $10.78       $10.39      $10.44
                                                  =======     =======      =======      =======     =======

Total return                                        2.44%       4.54%        8.57%        5.94%       9.84%
RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
   Net assets, end of period (thousands)         $30,126     $39,476      $35,966      $48,606     $48,448
RATIO TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS OF:
   Net operating expenses                           0.89%       0.80%        0.86%        0.83%(3)    0.85%(3)
   Gross operating expenses                         0.89%       0.80%        0.86%        0.83%       0.85%
   Net investment income (loss)                     3.45%       3.72%        3.93%        4.75%       6.79%
Portfolio turnover                                   221%        136%         244%         410%        170%


(1) Computed using average shares outstanding.

(2) For the periods ended September 30, 2002 and 2001 for Class X, the ratio of net operating expenses to average net assets excludes the effect of expense offsets for custodian fees; if expense offsets were included, the ratio of net operating expenses to average net assets would have been 0.01% lower that the ratio shown in the table.

(3) As required, effective October 1, 2001, the fund adopted the provisions of AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies and began including paydown gains and losses in interest income. The effect of this change for the year ended September 30, 2002, was to decrease the ratio of net investment income to average net assets from 4.80% to 4.75% for Class X; to decrease net investment income (loss) per share from 0.49 to 0.48 per share for Class X; and, to increase net realized and unrealized gain (loss) from 0.11 to 0.12 per share for Class X. Per share ratios and supplemental data for prior periods have not been restated to reflect this change.

48 Phoenix Opportunities Trust


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)

PHOENIX BOND FUND (CONTINUED)

                                                                            CLASS A
                                                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    2005         2004         2003        2002(4)       2001
                                                  ----------   ---------   -----------   ---------   ----------
Net asset value, beginning of period              $10.63       $10.68       $10.29        $10.37       $10.11
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:
   Net investment income (loss)(1)                  0.34         0.36         0.38          0.44         0.67
   Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)         (0.11)        0.08         0.45          0.11         0.26
                                                  -------      -------      -------       -------     --------

     TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS               0.23         0.44         0.83          0.55         0.93
                                                  -------      -------      -------       -------     --------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
   Dividends from net investment income            (0.34)       (0.42)       (0.38)        (0.47)       (0.67)
   Distributions from net realized gains           (0.06)       (0.07)       (0.06)        (0.16)           --
                                                  -------      -------      -------       -------     --------

     TOTAL DISTRIBUTIOns                           (0.40)       (0.49)       (0.44)        (0.63)       (0.67)
                                                  -------      -------      -------       -------     --------

Change in net asset value                          (0.17)       (0.05)        0.39         (0.08)        0.26
                                                  -------      -------      -------       -------      -------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD                    $10.46       $10.63       $10.68        $10.29       $10.37
                                                  =======      =======      =======       =======      =======

Total return(2)                                     2.14%        4.33%        8.28%        5.50%        9.54%
RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
   Net assets, end of period (thousands)         $29,501      $29,864      $21,263      $21,127      $15,376
RATIO TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS OF:
   Net operating expenses                           1.15%        1.11%        1.15%        1.15%        1.16%(3)
   Gross operating expenses                         1.19%        1.11%        1.21%        1.22%        1.27%
   Net investment income                            3.20%        3.37%        3.65%        4.38%        6.42%
Portfolio turnover                                   221%         136%         244%         410%         170%

                                                                          CLASS B
                                             ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                   2005         2004         2003       2002(4)        2001
                                                  ---------   ----------   ----------   ---------    ---------

 Net asset value, beginning of period             $10.44       $10.50       $10.13        $10.25       $10.04
 INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:
    Net investment income (loss)(1)                 0.25         0.28         0.30          0.36         0.57
    Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)        (0.09)        0.08         0.44          0.11         0.28
                                                  -------      -------      -------       -------      -------

      TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIOns              0.16         0.36         0.74          0.47         0.85
                                                  -------      -------      -------       -------      -------

 LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
    Dividends from net investment income           (0.26)       (0.35)       (0.31)        (0.43)       (0.64)

    Distributions from net realized gains          (0.06)       (0.07)       (0.06)        (0.16)          --
                                                  -------      -------      -------       -------      -------

      TOTAL DISTRIBUTIONS                          (0.32)       (0.42)       (0.37)        (0.59)       (0.64)
                                                  -------      -------      -------       -------      -------

 Change in net asset value                         (0.16)       (0.06)        0.37         (0.12)        0.21
                                                  -------      -------      -------       -------      -------

 NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD                   $10.28       $10.44       $10.50        $10.13       $10.25
                                                  =======      =======      =======       =======      =======

 Total return(2)                                    1.36%        3.54%        7.43%         4.83%        8.67%
 RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
    Net assets, end of period (thousands)         $6,706       $7,375      $10,218       $10,093       $7,713
 RATIO TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS OF:
    Net operating expenses                          1.90%        1.90%        1.90%         1.90%        1.91%(3)
    Gross operating expenses                        2.30%        2.07%        2.10%         2.16%        2.35%
    Net investment income                           2.45%        2.69%        2.91%         3.63%        5.64%
 Portfolio turnover                                  221%         136%         244%          410%         170%


(1) Computed using average shares outstanding.
(2) Sales charges are not reflected in total return calculation.
(3) For the period ended September 30, 2001 for Class A and Class B, the ratio of net operating expenses to average net assets excludes the effect of expense offsets for custodian fees; if expense offsets were included, the ratio of net operating expenses to average net assets would have been 0.01% lower that the ratio shown in the table.
(4) As required, effective October 1, 2001, the fund adopted the provisions of AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies and began including paydown gains and losses in interest income. The effect of this change for the year ended September 30, 2002, was to decrease the ratio of net investment income to average net assets from 4.44% to 4.38% and from 3.69% to 3.63% for Class A and Class B, respectively; to decrease net investment income (loss) per share from 0.45 to 0.44 per share and from 0.37 to 0.36 per share for Class A and Class B, respectively; and, to increase net realized and unrealized gain
(loss) from 0.10 to 0.11 per share for Class A and Class B. Per share ratios and supplemental data for prior periods have not been restated to reflect this change.

Phoenix Opportunities Trust 49


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)

PHOENIX BOND FUND (CONTINUED)

                                                                          CLASS C
                                             ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                   2005         2004         2003       2002(4)        2001
                                                ---------    ----------   ----------   ---------    ----------
Net asset value, beginning of period              $10.46       $10.52       $10.15       $10.26       $10.06
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:
   Net investment income (loss)(1)                  0.25         0.28         0.30         0.36         0.58
   Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)         (0.09)        0.08         0.44         0.12         0.26
                                                  -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

     TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS               0.16         0.36         0.74         0.48         0.84
                                                  -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
   Dividends from net investment income            (0.26)       (0.35)       (0.31)       (0.43)       (0.64)
   Distributions from net realized gains           (0.06)       (0.07)       (0.06)       (0.16)          --
                                                  -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

     TOTAL DISTRIBUTIONS                           (0.32)       (0.42)       (0.37)       (0.59)       (0.64)
                                                  -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

Change in net asset value                          (0.16)       (0.06)        0.37        (0.11)        0.20
                                                  -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD                    $10.30       $10.46       $10.52       $10.15       $10.26
                                                  =======      =======      =======      =======      =======

Total return(2)                                     1.35%        3.53%        7.42%        4.83%        8.65%
RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
   Net assets, end of period (thousands)          $2,038       $3,829       $4,754       $5,052       $3,842
RATIO TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS OF:
   Net operating expenses                           1.90%        1.90%        1.90%        1.90%        1.91%(3)
   Gross operating expenses                         2.90%        2.37%        2.41%        2.50%        2.78%
   Net investment income                            2.44%        2.64%        2.91%        3.63%        5.69%
Portfolio turnover                                   221%         136%         244%         410%         170%


(1) Computed using average shares outstanding.
(2) Sales charges are not reflected in total return calculation.
(3) For the period ended September 30, 2001 for Class C, the ratio of net operating expenses to average net assets excludes the effect of expense offsets for custodian fees; if the expense offsets were included, the ratio of net operating expenses to average net assets would have been 0.01% lower than the ratio shown in the table.
(4) As required, effective October 1, 2001, the fund adopted the provisions of AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies and began including paydown gains and losses in interest income. The effect of this change for the year ended September 30, 2002, was to decrease the ratio of net investment income to average net assets from 3.69% to 3.63% for Class C; to decrease net investment income (loss) per share from 0.37 to 0.36 per share for Class C; and, to increase net realized and unrealized gain (loss) from 0.11 to 0.12 per share for Class C. Per share ratios and supplemental data for prior periods have not been restated to reflect this change.

50 Phoenix Opportunities Trust


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)

PHOENIX EARNINGS DRIVEN GROWTH FUND

                                                                         CLASS X
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                 2005         2004         2003         2002         2001
                                              ----------   ----------   ----------   ---------    ---------
Net asset value, beginning of period           $15.13       $14.88       $12.51       $15.70       $31.18
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:
   Net investment income (loss)(1)              (0.11)       (0.09)       (0.11)       (0.13)       (0.14)
   Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)       2.17         0.34         2.48        (3.06)      (12.91)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

     TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS            2.06         0.25         2.37        (3.19)      (13.05)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
   Distributions from net realized gains           --           --           --           --        (2.43)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

     TOTAL DISTRIBUTIONS                           --           --           --           --        (2.43)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

Change in net asset value                        2.06         0.25         2.37        (3.19)      (15.48)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD                 $17.19       $15.13       $14.88       $12.51       $15.70
                                               =======      =======      =======      =======      =======

Total return                                    13.62%        1.68%       18.94%      (20.32)%     (44.25)%
RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
   Net assets, end of period (thousands)      $11,917      $13,606      $18,005      $11,219      $14,198
RATIO TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS OF:
   Net operating expenses                        1.15%        1.13%        1.15%        1.15%        1.15%
   Gross operating expenses                      1.36%        1.13%        1.24%        1.24%        1.22%
   Net investment income (loss)                 (0.64)%      (0.57)%      (0.77)%      (0.75)%      (0.61)%
Portfolio turnover                                100%         200%         164%         135%          96%

                                                                         CLASS A
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                 2005         2004         2003         2002         2001
                                              ----------   ----------   ----------   ---------    ---------
Net asset value, beginning of period           $14.75       $14.54       $12.25       $15.41       $30.75
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:
   Net investment income (loss)(1)              (0.14)       (0.13)       (0.13)       (0.16)       (0.19)
   Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)       2.10         0.34         2.42        (3.00)      (12.72)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

     TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS            1.96         0.21         2.29        (3.16)      (12.91)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
   Distributions from net realized gains           --           --           --           --        (2.43)

                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

     TOTAL DISTRIBUTIONS                           --           --           --           --        (2.43)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

Change in net asset value                        1.96         0.21         2.29        (3.16)      (15.34)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD                 $16.71       $14.75       $14.54       $12.25       $15.41
                                               =======      =======      =======      =======      =======

Total return(2)                                 13.29%        1.44%       18.69%      (20.51)%     (44.42)%
RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
   Net assets, end of period (thousands)      $22,103      $40,058      $63,365      $66,384      $66,411
RATIO TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS OF:
   Net operating expenses                        1.40%        1.40%        1.40%        1.40%        1.40%
   Gross operating expenses                      1.75%        1.51%        1.55%        1.46%        1.40%
   Net investment income (loss)                 (0.88)%      (0.85)%      (1.01)%      (0.99)%      (0.86)%
Portfolio turnover                                100%         200%         164%         135%          96%


(1) Computed using average shares outstanding.
(2) Sales charges are not reflected in total return calculation.

Phoenix Opportunities Trust 51


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)

PHOENIX EARNINGS DRIVEN GROWTH FUND (CONTINUED)

                                                                         CLASS B
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                2005         2004         2003         2002         2001
                                               ---------   ----------   ----------   ---------    ---------
Net asset value, beginning of period           $13.96       $13.87       $11.78       $14.93       $30.09
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:
   Net investment income (loss)(1)              (0.25)       (0.23)       (0.23)       (0.28)       (0.34)
   Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)       2.00         0.32         2.32        (2.87)      (12.39)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

     TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS            1.75         0.09         2.09        (3.15)      (12.73)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
   Distributions from net realized gains           --           --           --           --        (2.43)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

     TOTAL DISTRIBUTIONS                           --           --           --           --        (2.43)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

Change in net asset value                        1.75         0.09         2.09        (3.15)      (15.16)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD                 $15.71       $13.96       $13.87       $11.78       $14.93
                                               =======      =======      =======      =======      =======

Total return(2)                                 12.54%        0.65%       17.74%      (21.10)%     (44.83)%
RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
   Net assets, end of period (thousands)      $14,402      $18,612      $24,172      $22,577      $23,519
RATIO TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS OF:
   Net operating expenses                        2.15%        2.15%        2.15%        2.15%        2.15%
   Gross operating expenses                      2.54%        2.36%        2.46%        2.43%        2.34%
   Net investment income (loss)                 (1.63)%      (1.59)%      (1.76)%      (1.74)%      (1.61)%
Portfolio turnover                                100%         200%         164%         135%          96%

                                                                         CLASS C
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                2005         2004         2003         2002         2001
                                               ---------   ----------   ----------   ---------    ---------
Net asset value, beginning of period           $13.96       $13.88       $11.78       $14.93       $30.08
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:
   Net investment income (loss)(1)              (0.25)       (0.23)       (0.22)       (0.28)       (0.34)
   Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)       2.00         0.31         2.32        (2.87)      (12.38)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

     TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS            1.75         0.08         2.10        (3.15)      (12.72)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
   Distributions from net realized gains           --           --           --           --        (2.43)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

     TOTAL DISTRIBUTIONS                           --           --           --           --        (2.43)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

Change in net asset value                        1.75         0.08         2.10        (3.15)      (15.15)
                                               -------      -------      -------      -------      -------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD                 $15.71       $13.96       $13.88       $11.78       $14.93
                                               =======      =======      =======      =======      =======

Total return(2)                                 12.54%        0.58%       17.83%      (21.10)%     (44.81)%
RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
   Net assets, end of period (thousands)      $11,212      $21,823      $32,118      $31,317      $30,874
RATIO TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS OF:
   Net operating expenses                        2.15%        2.15%        2.15%        2.15%        2.15%
   Gross operating expenses                      2.47%        2.20%        2.26%        2.21%        2.20%
   Net investment income (loss)                 (1.63)%      (1.60)%      (1.76)%      (1.74)%      (1.61)%
Portfolio turnover                                100%         200%         164%         135%          96%


(1) Computed using average shares outstanding.
(2) Sales charges are not reflected in total return calculation.

52 Phoenix Opportunities Trust


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)

PHOENIX GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND

The table that follows presents performance of Class I Shares of the Turner Strategic Growth Fund (the "Predecessor Fund"). No information is presented for the Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund because it will commence operations on June 9, 2006, the anticipated Closing Date of the Reorganization (pending shareholder approval). This information is intended to help you understand the Predecessor Fund's financial performance for the past five years. Some of this information reflects financial information for a single fund share. The total returns in the table represent the rate that a Predecessor Fund shareholder would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Predecessor Fund, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The financial highlights for the year ended September 30, 2005 have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accountants, whose report, along with the Turner Strategic Growth Fund's financial statements, appears in the Turner Strategic Growth Fund's Annual Report dated September 30, 2005. You can obtain the Annual Report, which contains more performance information, at no charge by calling (800) 224-6312. The information for the years ended September 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was audited by the Turner Strategic Growth Fund's former independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP. The information for the year ended September 30, 2001 was audited by another accounting firm.

                                                                            CLASS I(1)
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     2005        2004         2003         2002         2001
                                                   ---------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ---------
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period                 $9.88       $9.35        $6.59        $9.01       $26.20
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS
   Net investment loss                               (0.07)(2)   (0.07)       (0.06)       (0.08)       (0.10)(2)
   Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on
     investments                                      1.87        0.60         2.82        (2.34)      (11.63)
                                                    -------     -------      -------      -------      -------

     TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS                 1.80        0.53         2.76         2.42       (11.73)
                                                    -------     -------      -------      -------      -------

LESS DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
   Dividends from net investment income                 --          --           --           --           --
   Distributions from capital gains                     --          --           --           --        (5.46)
                                                    -------     -------      -------      -------      -------

     TOTAL DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONs                  --          --           --           --        (5.46)
                                                    -------     -------      -------      -------      -------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD                      $11.68       $9.88        $9.35        $6.59        $9.01
                                                    =======     =======      =======      =======      =======

Total Return                                         18.22%       5.67%       41.88%      (26.86)%     (53.71)%
RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
   Net Assets, End of Period (000)                  $7,158      $4,430       $3,551       $4,847       $9,776
RATIO OF NET EXPENSES TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS(+)        1.25%       1.25%        1.25%        1.26%(3)     1.25%(3)
   Ratio of Total Expenses to Average Net Assets      1.73%       1.83%        1.53%        5.98%(3)     3.49%(3)
   Ratio of Net Investment Loss to Average Net
     Assets(+)                                       (0.64)%     (0.70)%      (0.77)%      (0.71)%      (0.69)%
   Portfolio Turnover Rate(++)                      206.17%     262.01%      282.15%      391.98%      400.04%


+ Inclusive of fees paid indirectly, waivers and/or reimbursements.
++ Exclusive effect of in-kind transfers and mergers.
(1) The information set forth in this table for the period prior to August 17, 2002, is the financial data of the Mercury Select Growth Fund, Class I Shares. From the period June 19, 2000, to August 17, 2002, the Mercury Select Growth Fund operated as a "feeder" fund that sought to achieve its investment objective by investing all of its assets in the "master" portfolio, a mutual fund that had the same investment objective as the Fund. All investments were made at the master level. This structure is sometimes called a "master/feeder" structure.
(2) Based on average shares outstanding.
(3) Expense ratios include the Mercury Select Growth Fund's Class I Shares portion of the master's allocated expenses. Amounts designated as "--" are either $0 or have been rounded to $0.

Phoenix Opportunities Trust 53


[LOGO] PHOENIXFUNDS(SM)

PHOENIX EQUITY PLANNING CORPORATION
P.O. Box 150480
Hartford, CT 06115-0480

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
You can find more information about the Funds in the following documents:

ANNUAL AND SEMIANNUAL REPORTS
Annual and semiannual reports contain more information about the Funds' investments. The annual report discusses the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Funds' performance during the last fiscal year.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI)
The SAI contains more detailed information about the Funds. It is incorporated by reference and is legally part of the prospectus.

To obtain free copies of these documents, you can download copies from the Individual Investors section of our Web site, PhoenixFunds.com, or you can request copies by calling us toll-free at 1-800-243-1574.

Information about the Funds (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission's (SEC) Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. For information about the operation of the Public Reference Room, call 1-202-551-8090. This information is also available on the SEC's Internet site at sec.gov. You may also obtain copies upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, DC 20549-6009 or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov.

Mutual Fund Services: 1-800-243-1574
Text Telephone: 1-800-243-1926

NOT INSURED BY FDIC/NCUSIF OR ANY FEDERAL GOVERNMENT AGENCY. NO BANK GUARANTEE. NOT A DEPOSIT. MAY LOSE VALUE.

Investment Company Act File No. 811-7455 6-06
PXP2069


PHOENIX OPPORTUNITIES TRUST

PHOENIX BOND FUND

PHOENIX EARNINGS DRIVEN GROWTH FUND

PHOENIX GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

June 8, 2006

This Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") is not a prospectus, but expands upon and supplements the information contained in the current Prospectus of the Phoenix Opportunities Trust (the "Trust"), dated June 8, 2006, and should be read in conjunction with it. The SAI incorporates by reference certain information that appears in the Trust's annual and semiannual reports, which are delivered to all investors. You may obtain a free copy of the Trust's Prospectus, annual or semiannual reports by visiting the PhoenixFunds' Web sites at PhoenixFunds.com or PhoenixInvestments.com, by calling Phoenix Equity Planning Corporation ("PEPCO") at (800) 243-4361 or by writing PEPCO at One American Row, P.O. Box 5056, Hartford, CT 06102-5056.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE

The Trust .................................................................    1
Investment Restrictions ...................................................    1
Investment Techniques and Risks ...........................................    2
Performance Information....................................................   13
Portfolio Turnover ........................................................   14
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage ......................................   14
Disclosure of Fund Holdings................................................   15
Services of the Adviser and Subadvisers....................................   17
Portfolio Managers.........................................................   21
Net Asset Value ...........................................................   22
How To Buy Shares .........................................................   23
Alternative Purchase Arrangements .........................................   23
Investor Account Services .................................................   26
How To Redeem Shares ......................................................   28
Dividends, Distributions and Taxes ........................................   29
Tax Sheltered Retirement Plans ............................................   33
The Distributor ...........................................................   33
Distribution Plans ........................................................   35
Management of the Trust ...................................................   36
Additional Information ....................................................   43
Appendix ..................................................................   46
Glossary ..................................................................   47

Mutual Fund Services: (800) 243-1574 Adviser Consulting Group: (800) 243-4361 Telephone Orders: (800) 367-5877 Text Telephone: (800) 243-1926

PXP 2069B (6/06)


THE TRUST

The Trust is an open-end investment management company which was organized under Delaware law in 1995 as a statutory trust. Prior to January 27, 2006, the Trust was named "Phoenix-Seneca Funds." The Trust consists of three separate Funds: the Phoenix Bond Fund (formerly Phoenix-Seneca Bond Fund) ("Bond Fund"), the Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund ("Earnings Driven Growth Fund") and the Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund ("Growth Opportunities Fund"), (each a "Fund" and collectively, the "Funds"). The Bond Fund and the Earnings Driven Growth Fund are diversified funds and the Growth Opportunities Fund is a non-diversified fund. The Growth Opportunities Fund offers two classes of shares: Class A Shares and Class C Shares. The Bond Fund and Earnings Driven Growth Fund offers four classes of shares: Class X Shares, Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares. Class X Shares are offered to institutional investors, such as pension and profit sharing plans, employee benefit trusts, endowments, foundations, and corporations, and others who purchase in certain minimum amounts. The three additional classes of shares may be purchased at a price equal to their net asset value per share, plus a sales charge which, at the election of the purchaser, may be imposed (i) at the time of purchase (Class A Shares) or (ii) on a contingent deferred basis (Class B Shares and Class C Shares).

The Trust's Prospectus describes the investment objectives of the Funds and the strategies that each Fund will employ in seeking to achieve its investment objective. The Bond and Earnings Driven Growth Fund's investment objective is a fundamental policy of each Fund and may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. The Growth Opportunities Fund's investment objective is not a fundamental policy of the Fund and may be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. The following discussion supplements the disclosure in the Prospectus.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The following investment restrictions have been adopted by the Trust with respect to each of the Funds. Except as otherwise stated, these investment restrictions are "fundamental" policies. A "fundamental" policy is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the "1940 Act") to mean that the restriction cannot be changed without the vote of a "majority of the outstanding voting securities" of the Fund. A "majority of the outstanding voting securities" is defined in the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities.

With respect to all of the Funds, each Fund may not:

(1) With respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase securities of an issuer (other than the U.S. Government, its agencies, instrumentalities or authorities or repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities and other investment companies), if: (a) such purchase would, at the time, cause more than 5% of the Fund's total assets taken at market value to be invested in the securities of such issuer; or (b) such purchase would, at the time, result in more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer being held by the Fund. This restriction does not apply to the Growth Opportunities Fund.

(2) Purchase securities if, after giving effect to the purchase, more than 25% of its total assets would be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry (excluding the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities).

(3) Borrow money, except (i) in amounts not to exceed one third of the value of the Fund's total assets (including the amount borrowed) from banks, and (ii) up to an additional 5% of its total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. For purposes of this restriction, (a) investment techniques such as margin purchases, short sales, forward commitments, and roll transactions, (b) investments in instruments such as futures contracts, swaps, and options and (c) short-term credits extended in connection with trade clearance and settlement, shall not constitute borrowing.

(4) Issue "senior securities" in contravention of the 1940 Act. Activities permitted by Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") exemptive orders or staff interpretations shall not be deemed to be prohibited by this restriction.

(5) Underwrite the securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter under applicable law.

(6) Purchase or sell real estate, except that the Fund may (i) acquire or lease office space for its own use, (ii) invest in securities of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein, (iii) invest in mortgage-related securities and other securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein, (iv) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Fund as a result of the ownership of securities.

(7) Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except the Fund may purchase and sell derivatives (including, but not limited to, options, futures contracts and options on futures contracts) whose value is tied to the value of a financial index or a financial instrument or other asset (including, but not limited to, securities indexes, interest rates, securities, currencies and physical commodities).

(8) Make loans, except that the Fund may (i) lend portfolio securities, (ii) enter into repurchase agreements, (iii) purchase all or a portion of an issue of debt securities, bank loan participation interests, bank certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances,

1

debentures or other securities, whether or not the purchase is made upon the original issuance of the securities and (iv) participate in an interfund lending program with other registered investment companies.

Except with respect to investment restriction (3) above, if any percentage restriction described above for the Funds is adhered to at the time of investment, a subsequent increase or decrease in the percentage resulting from a change in the value of the Funds' assets will not constitute a violation of the restriction. With respect to investment restriction (3), in the event that asset coverage for all borrowings shall at any time fall below 300 per centum, the Fund shall, within three days thereafter (not including Sundays and holidays) or such longer period as the SEC may prescribe by rules and regulations reduce the amount of its borrowings to an extent that the asset coverage of such borrowings shall be at least 300 per centum.

INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES AND RISKS

The Funds may each utilize the following investment techniques in pursuing its investment objectives.

CORPORATE DEBT SECURITIES

A Fund's investments in debt securities of domestic or foreign corporate issuers are limited to bonds, debentures, notes and other similar corporate debt instruments, including convertible securities that meet the Fund's minimum ratings criteria or if unrated are, in the subadviser's opinion, comparable in quality to corporate debt securities that meet those criteria. The rate of return or return of principal on some debt obligations may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies or to the value of commodities, such as gold.

CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, or other security that entitles the holder to acquire common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. It generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued until the security matures or is redeemed, converted, or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible debt securities. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation's capital structure and, therefore, generally entail less risk than the corporation's common stock, although the extent to which this is true depends in large measure on the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a fixed-income security.

A convertible security may be subject to redemption or conversion at the option of the issuer at a predetermined price. If a convertible security held by a Fund is called for redemption, the Fund could be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security and convert it to the underlying common stock. The Bond Fund generally would invest in convertible securities for their favorable price characteristics and total return potential and would normally not exercise an option to convert. The Earnings Driven Growth Fund might be more willing to convert such securities to common stock.

HIGH YIELD-HIGH RISK SECURITIES. Investments in below-investment grade securities (see Appendix for an explanation of the various ratings) generally provide greater income (leading to the name "high-yield" securities) and opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality securities, but they also typically entail greater price volatility and principal and income risk. These securities are regarded as predominantly speculative as to the issuer's continuing ability to meet principal and interest payment obligations. The markets for these securities are relatively new and many of the outstanding high-yield securities have not endured a major business recession. A long-term track record on default rates, such as that for investment-grade corporate bonds, does not exist for these securities. Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of lower-quality debt securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher-quality debt securities.

High-yield securities may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than investment-grade securities. The prices of high-yield securities have been found to be less sensitive to interest-rate changes than higher-quality investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic developments or individual corporate developments. A projection of an economic downturn or of a period of rising interests rates, for example, could cause a decline in high-yield securities' prices because the advent of a recession could lessen the ability of a highly-leveraged company to make principal and interest payments. If an issuer of high-yield securities defaults, in addition to risking payment of all or a portion of interest and principal, the Funds may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. Market prices of high-yield securities structured as zero-coupon or pay-in-kind securities are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes, and therefore tend to be more volatile than securities that pay interest periodically and in cash.

The secondary market on which high-yield securities are traded may be less liquid than the market for higher-grade securities. Less liquidity could adversely affect the price at which a Fund could sell a high-yield security and could adversely affect the daily net asset value of the Fund's shares. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high-yield securities, especially in a thinly-traded market. When secondary markets for these securities are less liquid than the market for higher-grade securities, it may be more difficult to value the high-yield securities because the valuation may require more research and judgment may play a greater role in valuation because of the lack of reliable, objective data.

2

FINANCIAL FUTURES CONTRACTS AND RELATED OPTIONS

The Funds may enter into interest rate, foreign currency and index futures contracts and purchase and sell options on such futures contracts ("futures options"). Each Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts for hedging purposes and in an attempt to increase total return. A futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a security for a set price at a future time. Each Fund may also enter into index-based futures contracts and interest rate futures contracts. Futures contracts on indices provide for a final cash settlement on the expiration date based on changes in the relevant index. All futures contracts are traded on designated "contract markets" licensed and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the "CFTC") which, through their clearing corporations, guarantee performance of the contracts.

Generally, while market interest rates increase, the value of outstanding debt securities declines (and vice versa). If a Fund holds long-term debt securities and the subadviser anticipates a rise in long-term interest rates, it could, in lieu of disposing of its portfolio securities, enter into futures contracts for the sale of similar long-term securities. If rates increased and the value of a Fund's portfolio securities declined, the value of that Fund's futures contract would increase, thereby preventing net asset value from declining as much as it otherwise would have. If the subadviser expects long-term interest rates to decline, a Fund might enter into futures contracts for the purchase of long-term securities, so that it could offset anticipated increases in the cost of such securities it intends to purchase while continuing to hold higher-yielding short-term securities or waiting for the long-term market to stabilize. Similar techniques may be used by the Funds to hedge stock market risk.

Each Fund also may purchase and sell listed put and call options on futures contracts. An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put), at a specified exercise price at any time during the option period. When an option on a futures contract is exercised, settlement is effected by the payment of cash representing the difference between the current market price of the futures contract and the exercise price of the option. The risk of loss to a Fund purchasing an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option.

A Fund may purchase put options on futures contracts in lieu of, and for the same purpose as, its sale of a futures contract: to hedge a long position in the underlying futures contract. The purchase of call options on futures contracts is intended to serve the same purpose as the actual purchase of the futures contract.

A Fund would write a call option on a futures contract in order to hedge against a decline in the prices of the securities underlying the futures contracts. If the price of the futures contract at expiration is below the exercise price, the applicable Fund would retain the option premium, which would offset, in part, any decline in the value of its portfolio securities.

The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase of the futures contract, except that, if market price declines, a Fund would pay more than the market price for the underlying securities. The net cost to a Fund will be reduced, however, by the premium received on the sale of the put, less any transaction costs.

Each Fund may engage in "straddle" transactions, which involve the purchase or sale of combinations of call and put options on the same underlying securities or futures contracts.

In purchasing and selling futures contracts and related options, each Fund intends to comply with rules and interpretations of the CFTC and of the SEC.

LIMITATIONS ON FINANCIAL FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS. Each Fund will engage in futures and related options transactions only for bona fide hedging purposes in accordance with CFTC regulations or in an attempt to increase total return to the extent permitted by such regulations. In hedging transactions, a Fund will seek to invest in futures contracts and futures options, the prices of which are substantially related to price fluctuations in securities held by the Fund or which it expects to purchase. Except as stated below, a Fund's futures transactions will be entered into for traditional hedging purposes--that is, futures contracts will be sold to protect against a decline in the price of securities that the Fund owns, or futures contracts will be purchased to protect the Fund against an increase in the price of securities it intends to purchase. As evidence of this hedging intent, the Fund expects that on 75% or more of the occasions on which it takes a long futures (or option) position (involving the purchase of futures contracts), a Fund will have purchased, or will be in the process of purchasing, equivalent amounts of related securities in the cash market at the time when the futures (or option) position is closed out. However, in particular cases, when it is economically advantageous for a Fund to do so, a long futures position may be terminated (or an option may expire) without the corresponding purchase of securities. As an alternative to compliance with the bona fide hedging definition, a CFTC regulation permits a Fund to elect to comply with a different test, under which the sum of the amounts of initial margin deposits and premiums on its futures positions entered into for the purpose of seeking to increase total return (net of the amount the positions were "in the money" at the time of purchase) would not exceed 5% of that Fund's net assets, after taking into account unrealized gains and losses on such positions. A Fund will engage in transactions in futures contracts and related options only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), for maintaining its qualification as a regulated investment company for Federal income tax purposes. (See "Dividends, Distributions, and Taxes" in this SAI.)

3

A Fund will be required, in connection with transactions in futures contracts and the writing of options on futures contracts, to make margin deposits, which will be held by the Fund's custodian (or a subcustodian) for the benefit of the merchant through whom a Fund engages in such futures and options transactions. In the case of futures contracts or options thereon requiring the Fund to purchase securities, the Fund will specifically designate on its accounting records liquid assets to cover such contracts and options that is marked to market daily.

FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE-RELATED SECURITIES

The Funds may invest in foreign currency exchange-related securities.

FOREIGN CURRENCY WARRANTS. Foreign currency warrants such as Currency Exchange Warrants ("CEWs") are warrants that entitle the holder to receive from the issuer an amount of cash (generally, for warrants issued in the United States, in U.S. dollars) that is calculated pursuant to a predetermined formula and based on the exchange rate between a specified foreign currency and the U.S. dollar as of the exercise date of the warrant. Foreign currency warrants generally are exercisable upon their issuance and expire as of a specified date and time. Foreign currency warrants have been issued in connection with U.S. dollar-denominated debt offerings by major corporate issuers in an attempt to reduce the foreign currency exchange risk that, from the point of view of prospective purchasers of the securities, is inherent in the international fixed-income marketplace. Foreign currency warrants may be used to reduce the foreign exchange risk assumed by purchasers of a security by, for example, providing for a supplemental payment in the event the U.S. dollar depreciates against the value of a major foreign currency such as the Japanese yen or German deutschemark. The formula used to determine the amount payable upon exercise of a foreign currency warrant may make the warrant worthless unless the applicable foreign currency exchange rate moves in a particular direction (e.g., unless the U.S. dollar appreciates or depreciates against the particular foreign currency to which the warrant is linked or indexed). Foreign currency warrants are severable from the debt obligations with which they may be offered, and may be listed on exchanges. Foreign currency warrants may be exercisable only in certain minimum amounts, and an investor wishing to exercise warrants who possesses less than the minimum number required for exercise may be required either to sell the warrants or to purchase additional warrants, thereby incurring additional transaction costs. Upon exercise of warrants, there may be a delay between the time the holder gives instructions to exercise and the time the exchange rate relating to exercise is determined, thereby affecting both the market and cash settlement values of the warrants being exercised. The expiration date of the warrants may be accelerated if the warrants should be delisted from an exchange or if their trading should be suspended permanently, which would result in the loss of any remaining "time value" of the warrants (i.e., the difference between the current market value and the exercise value of the warrants), and, if the warrants were "out-of-the-money," in a total loss of the purchase price of the warrants. Warrants are generally unsecured obligations of their issuers and are not standardized foreign currency options issued by the Options Clearing Corporation ("OCC"). Unlike foreign currency options issued by the OCC, the terms of foreign exchange warrants generally will not be amended in the event of governmental or regulatory actions affecting exchange rates or in the event of the imposition of other regulatory controls affecting the international currency markets. The initial public offering price of foreign currency warrants is generally considerably in excess of the price that a commercial user of foreign currencies might pay in the interbank market for a comparable option involving significantly larger amounts of foreign currencies. Foreign currency warrants are subject to significant foreign exchange risk, including risks arising from complex political or economic factors.

PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE RATE LINKED SECURITIES. Principal exchange rate linked securities (or "PERLS") are debt obligations the principal on which is payable at maturity in an amount that may vary based on the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and a particular foreign currency at or about that time. The return on "standard" principal exchange rate linked securities is enhanced if the foreign currency to which the security is linked appreciates against the U.S. dollar, and is adversely affected by increases in the foreign exchange value of the U.S. dollar; "reverse" PERLS are like the "standard" securities, except that their return is enhanced by increases in the value of the U.S. dollar and adversely impacted by increases in the value of foreign currency. Interest payments on the securities are generally made in U.S. dollars at rates that reflect the degree of foreign currency risk assumed or given up by the purchaser of the notes (i.e., at relatively higher interest rates if the purchaser has assumed some of the foreign exchange risk, or relatively lower interest rates if the issuer has assumed some of the foreign exchange risk, based on the expectations of the current market). PERLS may in limited cases be subject to acceleration of maturity (generally, not without the consent of the holders of the securities), which may have an adverse impact on the value of the principal payment to be made at maturity.

PERFORMANCE INDEXED PAPER. Performance indexed paper (or "PIPs") is U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper the yield of which is linked to certain foreign exchange rate movements. The yield to the investor on performance indexed paper is established at maturity as a function of spot exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a designated currency as of or about that time (generally, the index maturity two days prior to maturity). The yield to the investor will be within a range stipulated at the time of purchase of the obligation, generally with a guaranteed minimum rate of return that is below, and a potential maximum rate of return that is above, market yields on U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper, with both the minimum and maximum rates of return on the investment corresponding to the minimum and maximum values of the spot exchange rate two business days prior to maturity.

4

FOREIGN SECURITIES

Each of the Funds may invest in U.S. dollar or foreign currency-denominated corporate debt securities of foreign issuers (including preferred or preference stock), certain foreign bank obligations and U.S. dollar or foreign currency-denominated obligations of foreign governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, international agencies and supranational entities.

Investing in the securities of foreign issuers involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, generally higher commission rates on foreign portfolio transactions, the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations (which may include suspension of the ability to transfer currency from a country), political instability which may affect U.S. investments in foreign countries and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. In addition, foreign securities and dividends and interest payable on those securities may be subject to foreign taxes, including taxes withheld from payments on those securities. Foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and therefore may exhibit greater price volatility. Changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the value of those securities which are denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs") are dollar-denominated receipts issued generally by domestic banks and representing the deposit with the bank of a security of a foreign issuer, and are publicly traded on exchanges or over-the-counter in the United States. ADRs may be issued as sponsored or unsponsored programs. In sponsored programs, an issuer has made arrangements to have its securities trade in the form of ADRs. In unsponsored programs, the issuer may not be directly involved in the creation of the program. Although regulatory requirements with respect to sponsored and unsponsored programs are generally similar, in some cases it may be easier to obtain financial information from an issuer that has participated in the creation of a sponsored program.

Each of the Funds also may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options and enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of securities. The Funds may also use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another.

A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts may be bought or sold to protect a Fund against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar or to increase exposure to a particular foreign currency. Open positions in such forward contracts are covered by the segregation with the Trust's custodian of high quality short-term investments and are marked to market daily. Although such contracts are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the currencies being hedged against, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currencies increase.

ILLIQUID AND RESTRICTED SECURITIES

Each Fund may invest in "illiquid investments," including "restricted securities" (i.e., securities that would be required to be registered prior to distribution to the public), securities that are not readily marketable, repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days and privately issued stripped mortgage-backed securities.

Certain "restricted" securities may be resold to qualified institutional buyers without restriction pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933. If a sufficient dealer or institutional trading market exists for such a security, it may not be considered "illiquid." The Trustees have adopted guidelines and delegated to the subadviser the daily function of determining and monitoring the liquidity of restricted securities and determining whether a Rule 144A security should be considered "illiquid." The Trustees, however, retain oversight and are ultimately responsible for the determinations. Please see the non-fundamental investment restrictions for further limitations regarding the Funds' investments in restricted and illiquid securities.

LENDING PORTFOLIO SECURITIES

Each Fund may seek to increase its income by lending portfolio securities. Under present regulatory policies, such loans may be made to financial institutions, such as broker-dealers, and must be collateralized continuously with cash, cash equivalents, irrevocable letters of credit, or U.S. Government securities maintained on a current basis at an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities lent. For the duration of a loan, the Fund would receive the equivalent of the interest or dividends paid by the issuer on the securities lent and would also receive compensation from the investment of the collateral. The Fund would not have the right to vote any securities having voting rights during the existence of the loan, but the Fund could call the loan in anticipation of an important vote to be taken among holders of the securities or of the giving or withholding of their consent on a material matter affecting the investment. As with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, the loans would be made only to firms considered by the subadviser to be qualified, and when, in the judgment of the subadviser, the consideration that can be earned currently from securities loans of

5

this type justifies the attendant risk. The value of the securities lent may not exceed one-third of the value of the total assets of the Fund.

A Fund may pay reasonable negotiated fees to the Custodian (as defined below) in connection with loaned securities as long as such fees are pursuant to a contract approved by the Trustees.

MORTGAGE-RELATED AND OTHER ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES

The Funds may each invest in mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities.

MORTGAGE PASS-THROUGH SECURITIES. These are interests in pools of mortgage loans, assembled and issued by various governmental, government-related, and private organizations. Unlike other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates, these securities provide a monthly payment consisting of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a "pass-through" of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential or commercial mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs. "Modified pass-through" securities (such as securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA")) entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.

The principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities is GNMA. GNMA is a wholly-owned United States Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the United States Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of Federal Housing Administration insured or Veterans Administration guaranteed mortgages.

Government-related guarantors whose obligations are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government include the Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC"). FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders. It is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. FNMA purchases conventional (i.e., not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage bankers. FHLMC is a government-sponsored corporation formerly owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks and now owned entirely by private stockholders. FHLMC issues Participation Certificates ("PCs") that represent interests in conventional mortgages from FHLMC's national portfolio. FNMA and FHLMC guarantee the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal on securities they issue, but their guarantees are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.

Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers may, in addition, be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments for such securities. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The insurance and guarantees are issued by governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers. Such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof will be considered in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets a Fund's investment quality standards. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements. Funds may buy mortgage-related securities without insurance or guarantees if, through an examination of the loan experience and practices of the originator/servicers and poolers, the subadviser determines that the securities meet the Funds' quality standards. Securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily marketable.

Mortgage-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, are not subject to the Funds' industry concentration restrictions, set above below under "Investment Restrictions," by virtue of the exclusion from the test available to all U.S. Government securities. The Funds will take the position that privately-issued, mortgage-related securities do not represent interests in any particular "industry" or group of industries. The assets underlying such securities may be represented by a portfolio of first lien residential mortgages (including both whole mortgage loans and mortgage participation interests) or portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities issued or guaranteed by GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC. Mortgage loans underlying a mortgage-related security may in turn be insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration or the Department of Veterans Affairs. In the case of private issue mortgage-related securities whose underlying assets are neither U.S. Government securities nor U.S.
Government-insured mortgages, to the extent that real properties securing such assets may be located in the same geographical region, the security may be subject to a greater risk of default than other comparable securities in

6

the event of adverse economic, political or business developments that may affect such region and, ultimately, the ability of residential homeowners to make payments of principal and interest on the underlying mortgages.

COLLATERALIZED MORTGAGE OBLIGATIONS ("CMOs"). A CMO is similar to a bond in that interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, semiannually. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans or by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by entities such as GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA, and their income streams.

CMOs are typically structured in multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral. CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid. Monthly payment of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, is first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class. Investors holding the longer maturity classes typically receive principal only after the first class has been retired. An investor may be partially guarded against a sooner than desired return of principal because of the sequential payments.

FHLMC CMOs are debt obligations of FHLMC issued in multiple classes having different maturity dates and are secured by the pledge of a pool of conventional mortgage loans purchased by FHLMC. Unlike FHLMC PCs, payments of principal and interest on the CMOs are made semiannually rather than monthly. The amount of principal payable on each semiannual payment date is determined in accordance with FHLMC's mandatory sinking fund schedule. Sinking fund payments in the CMOs are allocated to the retirement of the individual classes of bonds in the order of their stated maturities. Payments of principal on the mortgage loans in the collateral pool in excess of the amount of FHLMC's minimum sinking fund obligation for any payment date are paid to the holders of the CMOs as additional sinking-fund payments. Because of the "pass-through" nature of all principal payments received on the collateral pool in excess of FHLMC's minimum sinking fund requirement, the rate at which principal of the CMOs is actually repaid is likely to be such that each class of bonds will be retired in advance of its scheduled maturity date. If collection of principal (including prepayments) on the mortgage loans during any semiannual payment period is not sufficient to meet FHLMC's minimum sinking fund obligation on the next sinking fund payment date, FHLMC agrees to make up the deficiency from its general funds.

CMO RESIDUALS. CMO residuals are derivative mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans. As described above, the cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of CMOs is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMOs and second to pay the related administrative expenses of the issuer. The "residual" in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and, in particular, the prepayment experience on the mortgage assets. In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to stripped mortgage-backed securities, in certain circumstances a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual.

CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. The CMO residual market has only very recently developed and CMO residuals currently may not have the liquidity of other more established securities trading in other markets. CMO residuals may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability, may be deemed "illiquid," and may be subject to a Fund's limitations on investment in illiquid securities.

STRIPPED MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES. Stripped mortgage-backed securities ("SMBS") are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. They may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans. SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest-only or "IO" class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or "PO" class). The yield to maturity on an IO class security is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on a Fund's yield to maturity from these securities. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories.

Although SMBS are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, these securities were only recently developed. As a result, established trading markets have not yet developed and, accordingly, these securities may be deemed "illiquid" and subject to a Fund's limitations on investment in illiquid securities.

A Fund may invest in other mortgage-related securities with features similar to those described above, to the extent consistent with the Fund's investment objectives and policies.

7

OTHER ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES. Through trusts and other special purpose entities, various types of securities based on financial assets other than mortgage loans are increasingly available, in both pass-through structures similar to mortgage pass-through securities described above and in other structures more like CMOs. As with mortgage-related securities, these asset-backed securities are often backed by a pool of financial assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. They often include credit-enhancement features similar to mortgage-related securities.

Financial assets on which these securities are based include automobile receivables; credit card receivables; loans to finance boats, recreational vehicles, and mobile homes; computer, copier, railcar, and medical equipment leases; and trade, healthcare, and franchise receivables. In general, the obligations supporting these asset-backed securities are of shorter maturities than mortgage loans and are less likely to experience substantial prepayments. However, obligations such as credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the obligors are often entitled to protection under a number of state and federal consumer credit laws granting, among other things, rights to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thus reducing the balance due. Other obligations that are secured, such as automobile receivables, may present issuers with difficulties in perfecting and executing on the security interests, particularly where the issuer allows the servicers of the receivables to retain possession of the underlying obligations, thus increasing the risk that recoveries on defaulted obligations may not be adequate to support payments on the securities.

The subadviser expects additional assets will be "securitized" in the future. A Fund may invest in any such instruments or variations on them to the extent consistent with the Fund's investment objectives and policies.

OPTIONS

The Funds may purchase and sell (write) both put options and call options on securities, securities indexes, and foreign currencies. The purpose of writing covered put and call options generally is to hedge against fluctuations in the market value of a Fund's portfolio securities. Each Fund may purchase or sell call and put options on securities indices for a similar purpose. Such a hedge is limited to the degree that the extent of the price change of the underlying security is less than the difference between the option premium received by the Fund and the option strike price. To the extent the underlying security's price change exceeds this amount, written put and call options will not provide an effective hedge.

WRITING CALL OPTIONS. Each Fund may write (sell) covered call options on securities ("calls") when the subadviser considers such sales appropriate. When a Fund writes a call, it receives a premium and grants the purchaser the right to buy the underlying security at any time during the call period (usually between three and nine months) at a fixed exercise price regardless of market price changes during the call period. If the call is exercised, the Fund forgoes any gain but is not subject to any loss on any change in the market price of the underlying security relative to the exercise price. A Fund will write such options subject to any applicable limitations or restrictions imposed by law.

A written call option is covered if the Fund owns the security underlying the option. A written call option may also be covered by purchasing an offsetting option or any other option which, by virtue of its exercise price or otherwise, reduces the Fund's net exposure on its written option position. In addition, the Fund may cover such options by specifically designating on its accounting records any assets, including equity securities and non-investment grade debt so long as the assets are liquid, unencumbered and marked to market daily ("liquid assets"), in amounts sufficient to ensure that it is able to meet its obligations under the written call should it be exercised. This method does not reduce the potential loss to the Fund should the value of the underlying security increase and the option be exercised.

PURCHASING CALL OPTIONS. Each Fund may purchase a call option when the subadviser believes the value of the underlying security will rise or to effect a "closing purchase transaction" as to a call option the Fund has written
(sold). A Fund will realize a profit (or loss) from a closing purchase transaction if the amount paid to purchase a call is less (or more) than the amount received from the sale thereof.

WRITING PUT OPTIONS. A put option written by a Fund obligates the Fund to purchase the specified security at a specified price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. A written put option may be covered by specifically designating on the accounting records of the Fund liquid assets with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option. While this may help ensure that a Fund will have sufficient assets to meet its obligations under the option contract should it be exercised, it will not reduce the potential loss to the Fund should the value of the underlying security decrease and the option be exercised.

PURCHASING PUT OPTIONS. A Fund may purchase a put option when the subadviser believes the value of the underlying security will decline. A Fund may purchase put options on securities in its portfolio in order to hedge against a decline in the value of such securities ("protective puts") or to effect closing purchase transactions as to puts it has written. A Fund will realize a profit (or loss) from a closing purchase transaction if the amount paid to purchase a put is less (or more) than the amount received from the sale thereof.

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES INDICES. Unlike a stock option, which gives the holder the right to purchase or sell a specified stock at a specified price, an option on a securities index gives the holder the right to receive a cash "exercise settlement amount" equal to (i) the difference between the exercise price of the option and the value of the underlying securities index on the exercise date multiplied by (ii) a fixed "index multiplier." Like an option on a specific security, when a Fund purchases a put or a call option on

8

an index, it places the entire amount of the premium paid at risk, for if, at the expiration date, the value of the index has decreased below the exercise price (in the case of a call) or increased above the exercise price (in the case of a put), the option will expire worthless.

A securities index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the stocks included in the index. For example, some securities index options are based on a broad market index such as the S&P 500 Index. Others are based on a narrower market index such as the Standard & Poor's 100 Stock Index. Indices may also be based on an industry or market segment such as the AMEX Oil and Gas Index or the Computer and Business Equipment Index. Options on securities indices are currently traded on the Chicago Board Options Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") and the American Stock Exchange.

Funds may purchase put options on securities indices to hedge against an anticipated decline in stock market prices that might adversely affect the value of a Fund's portfolio securities. If a Fund purchases such a put option, the amount of the payment it would receive upon exercising the option would depend on the extent of any decline in the level of the securities index below the exercise price. Such payments would tend to offset a decline in the value of the Fund's portfolio securities. However, if the level of the securities index increases and remains above the exercise price while the put option is outstanding, a Fund will not be able to profitably exercise the option and will lose the amount of the premium and any transaction costs. Such loss may be partially or wholly offset by an increase in the value of a Fund's portfolio securities.

A Fund may purchase call options on securities indices in order to participate in an anticipated increase in stock market prices or to offset anticipated price increases on securities that it intends to buy in the future. If a Fund purchases a call option on a securities index, the amount of the payment it would receive upon exercising the option would depend on the extent of any increase in the level of the securities index above the exercise price. Such payments would in effect allow the Fund to benefit from stock market appreciation even though it may not have had sufficient cash to purchase the underlying stocks. Such payments may also offset increases in the prices of stocks that the Fund intends to purchase. If, however, the level of the securities index declines and remains below the exercise price while the call option is outstanding, a Fund will not be able to exercise the option profitably and will lose the amount of the premium and transaction costs. Such loss may be partially or wholly offset by a reduction in the price a Fund pays to buy additional securities for its portfolio.

Each of the Funds may write (sell) covered call or put options on a securities index. Such options may be covered by purchasing an offsetting option which, by virtue of its exercise price or otherwise, reduces the Fund's net exposure on its written option position or by owning securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index or by having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities without additional cash consideration or for additional cash consideration (held in a segregated account by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities in their respective portfolios. In addition, the Fund may cover such options by specifically designating on its accounting records liquid assets with a value equal to the exercise price or by using the other methods described above.

The extent to which options on securities indices will provide a Fund with an effective hedge against interest rate or stock market risk will depend on the extent to which the stocks comprising the indices correlate with the composition of the Fund's portfolio. Moreover, the ability to hedge effectively depends upon the ability to predict movements in interest rates or the stock market. Some options on securities indices may not have a broad and liquid secondary market, in which case options purchased by the Fund may not be closed out and the Fund could lose more than its option premium when the option expires.

The purchase and sale of option contracts is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those ordinarily associated with investment companies. Transaction costs relating to options transactions may tend to be higher than the costs of transactions in securities. In addition, if a Fund were to write a substantial number of option contracts that are exercised, the portfolio turnover rate of that Fund could increase.

FOREIGN CURRENCY OPTIONS. A Fund may buy or sell put and call options on foreign currencies either on exchanges or in the over-the-counter market. A call option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy a foreign currency at the exercise price until the option expires. A put option gives the option-holder a similar right to sell the underlying currency. Currency options traded on U.S. or other exchanges may be subject to position limits which may limit the ability of a Fund to reduce foreign currency risk using such options. Over-the-counter options differ from exchange-traded options in that they are two-party contracts with price and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-traded options.

PARTICIPATION INTERESTS

The Bond Fund may purchase from banks participation interests in all or part of specific holdings of debt obligations. Each participation interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit or guarantee of the selling bank that the subadviser has determined meets the prescribed quality standards of each Fund. Thus, even if the credit of the issuer of the debt obligation does not meet the quality standards of the Fund, the credit of the selling bank will.

9

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with banks, broker-dealers or other financial institutions in order to generate additional current income. Under a repurchase agreement, a Fund acquires a security from a seller subject to resale to the seller at an agreed upon price and date. The resale price reflects an agreed upon interest rate effective for the time period the security is held by the Fund. The repurchase price may be higher than the purchase price, the difference being income to the Fund, or the purchase and repurchase price may be the same, with interest payable to the Fund at a stated rate together with the repurchase price on repurchase. In either case, the income to the Fund is unrelated to the interest rate on the security. Typically, repurchase agreements are in effect for one week or less, but may be in effect for longer periods of time. Repurchase agreements of more than one week's duration are subject to each Fund's limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

Repurchase agreements are considered by the SEC to be loans by the purchaser collateralized by the underlying securities. In an attempt to reduce the risk of incurring a loss on a repurchase agreement, the Funds will generally enter into repurchase agreements only with domestic banks with total assets in excess of one billion dollars, primary dealers in U.S. Government securities reporting to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or broker-dealers approved by the Trustees of the Trust. The subadviser will monitor the value of the underlying securities throughout the term of the agreement to attempt to ensure that their market value always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price to be paid to a Fund. Each Fund will maintain a segregated account with its custodian, or a subcustodian for the securities and other collateral, if any, acquired under a repurchase agreement for the term of the agreement.

In addition to the risk of the seller's default or a decline in value of the underlying security, a Fund also might incur disposition costs in connection with liquidating the underlying securities. If the seller becomes insolvent and subject to liquidation or reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code or other laws, a court may determine that the underlying security is collateral for a loan by a Fund not within the control of that Fund and therefore subject to sale by the seller's trustee in bankruptcy. Finally, it is possible that a Fund may not be able to perfect its interest in the underlying security and may be deemed an unsecured creditor of the seller.

SHORT SALES

The Funds may sell securities short as part of their overall portfolio management strategies involving the use of derivative instruments and to offset potential declines in long positions in similar securities. A short sale is a transaction in which a Fund sells a security it does not own or have the right to acquire (or that it owns but does not wish to deliver) in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline.

When a Fund makes a short sale, the broker-dealer through which the short sale is made must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the party purchasing the security. The Fund is required to make a margin deposit in connection with such short sales; the Fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and will often be obligated to pay over any dividends and accrued interest on borrowed securities.

If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Fund covers its short position, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. The successful use of short selling may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.

To the extent a Fund sells securities short, it will provide collateral to the broker-dealer and (except in the case of short sales "against the box") will maintain additional asset coverage in the form of liquid assets with its custodian in a segregated account in an amount at least equal to the difference between the current market value of the securities sold short and any amounts required to be deposited as collateral with the selling broker (not including the proceeds of the short sale). A short sale is "against the box" to the extent the Fund contemporaneously owns, or has the right to obtain at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short.

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AND RISKS RELATED TO OPTIONS AND FUTURES TRANSACTIONS

Exchange markets in options on certain securities are a relatively new and untested concept. It is impossible to predict the amount of trading interest that may exist in such options, and there can be no assurance that viable exchange markets will develop or continue.

The exchanges will not continue indefinitely to introduce new expirations to replace expiring options on particular issues because trading interest in many issues of longer duration tends to center on the most recently auctioned issues. The expirations introduced at the commencement of options trading on a particular issue will be allowed to run out, with the possible addition of a limited number of new expirations as the original expirations expire. Options trading on each issue of securities with longer durations will thus be phased out as new options are listed on more recent issues, and a full range of expirations will not ordinarily be available for every issue on which options are traded.

In the event of a shortage of the underlying securities deliverable on exercise of an option, the OCC has the authority to permit other, generally comparable, securities to be delivered in fulfillment of option exercise obligations. It may also adjust the exercise prices of the affected options by setting different prices at which otherwise ineligible securities may be delivered. As an alternative to permitting such substitute deliveries, the OCC may impose special exercise settlement procedures.

10

The hours of trading for options on securities may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent the markets for underlying securities close before the options markets, significant price and rate movements can take place in the options markets that cannot be reflected in the underlying markets. In addition, to the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets.

Prior to exercise or expiration, an option position can be terminated only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction. This requires a secondary market on an exchange for call or put options of the same series. Similarly, positions in futures may be closed out only on an exchange which provides a secondary market for such futures. There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular call or put option or futures contract at any specific time. Thus, it may not be possible to close an option or futures position. In the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily payments of maintenance margin for futures contracts or options on futures contracts position written by that Fund. A Fund may have to sell portfolio securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so if it has insufficient cash to meet the daily maintenance margin requirements. In addition, a Fund may be required to take or make delivery of the instruments underlying futures contracts it holds. The inability to close options and futures positions also could have an adverse impact on a Fund's ability to effectively hedge its portfolios.

Each of the exchanges has established limitations governing the maximum number of call or put options on the same underlying security (whether or not covered) that may be written by a single investor, whether acting alone or in concert with others (regardless of whether such options are written on the same or different exchanges or are held or written on one or more accounts or through one or more brokers). An exchange may order the liquidation of positions found to be in violation of applicable trading limits and it may impose other sanctions or restrictions. The Trust and other clients advised by the subadviser and its affiliates may be deemed to constitute a group for these purposes. In light of these limits, the Trustees may determine at any time to restrict or terminate the Funds' transactions in options. The subadviser does not believe that these trading and position limits will have any adverse investment techniques for hedging the Trust's portfolios.

Over-the-counter ("OTC") options are purchased from or sold to securities dealers, financial institutions or other parties ("Counterparties") through direct agreement with the counterparty. In contrast to exchange-listed options, which generally have standardized terms and performance mechanics, all the terms of an OTC option, including such terms as method of settlement, term, exercise price, premium, guarantees and security, are set by negotiation of the parties.

Unless the parties provide for it, there is no central clearing or guaranty function in the OTC option market. As a result, if the counterparty fails to make delivery of the security or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with a Fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the Fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. Accordingly, the subadviser must assess the creditworthiness of each such counterparty or any guarantor or credit enhancement of the counterparty's credit to determine the likelihood that the terms of the OTC option will be satisfied. The staff of the SEC currently takes the position that OTC options purchased by a Fund, and portfolio securities "covering" the amount of a Fund's obligation pursuant to an OTC option sold by it (the cost of the sell-back plus the in-the-money amount, if any) are illiquid, and are subject to each Fund's limitation on investing no more than 15% of its assets in illiquid securities. However, for options written with "primary dealers" in U.S. Government securities pursuant to an agreement requiring a closing transaction at a formula price, the amount considered to be illiquid may be calculated by reference to a formula price.

The loss from investing in futures transactions is potentially unlimited. Gains and losses on investments in options and futures depend on the subadviser's ability to predict correctly the direction of stock prices, interest rates and other economic factors. In addition, utilization of futures in hedging transactions may fail where there is an imperfect correlation in movements in the price of futures contracts and movements in the price of the securities which are the subject of the hedge. If the price of the futures contract moves more or less than the price of the security, a Fund will experience a gain or loss that will not be completely offset by movements in the price of the securities which are the subject of the hedge. There is also a risk of imperfect correlation where the securities underlying futures contracts have different maturities than the portfolio securities being hedged. Transactions in options on futures contracts involve similar risks.

SWAP AGREEMENTS

The Funds may enter into interest rate, index and currency exchange rate swap agreements in attempts to obtain a particular desired return at a lower cost to the Fund than if the Fund had invested directly in an instrument that yielded that desired return. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard "swap" transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or "swapped" between the parties are calculated with respect to a "notional amount," i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a "basket" of securities representing a particular index. The "notional amount" of the swap agreement is only a fictive basis on which to calculate the obligations the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. A Fund's obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the

11

amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the "net amount"). A Fund's obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by specifically designating on its accounting records liquid assets to avoid leveraging of the Fund's portfolio.

Whether a Fund's use of swap agreements enhance the Fund's total return will depend on the subadviser's ability correctly to predict whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two-party contracts and may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The subadviser will cause a Fund to enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that would be eligible for consideration as repurchase agreement counterparties under the Funds' repurchase agreement guidelines. Certain restrictions imposed on the Funds by the Code (as defined below) may limit the Funds' ability to use swap agreements. The swaps market is a relatively new market and is largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect a Fund's ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

Certain swap agreements are exempt from most provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act ("CEA") and, therefore, are not regulated as futures or commodity option transactions under the CEA, pursuant to regulations of the CFTC. To qualify for this exemption, a swap agreement must be entered into by "eligible participants," which include the following, provided the participants' total assets exceed established levels: a bank or trust company, savings association or credit union, insurance company, investment company subject to regulation under the 1940 Act, commodity pool, corporation, partnership, proprietorship, organization, trust or other entity, employee benefit plan, governmental entity, broker-dealer, futures commission merchant, natural person, or regulated foreign person. To be eligible, natural persons and most other entities must have total assets exceeding $10 million; commodity pools and employees benefit plans must have assets exceeding $5 million. In addition, an eligible swap transaction must meet three conditions. First, the swap agreement may not be part of a fungible class of agreements that are standardized as to their material economic terms. Second, the creditworthiness of parties with actual or potential obligations under the swap agreement must be a material consideration in entering into or determining the terms of the swap agreement, including pricing, cost or credit enhancement terms. Third, swap agreements may not be entered into and traded on or through a multilateral transaction execution facility.

WARRANTS TO PURCHASE SECURITIES

The Funds may invest in or acquire warrants to purchase equity or fixed income securities. Bonds with warrants attached to purchase equity securities have many characteristics of convertible bonds and their prices may, to some degree, reflect the performance of the underlying stock. Bonds also may be issued with warrants attached to purchase additional fixed income securities at the same coupon rate. A decline in interest rates would permit a Fund to buy additional bonds at the favorable rate or to sell the warrants at a profit. If interest rates rise, the warrants would generally expire with no value.

WHEN-ISSUED AND DELAYED-DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS

Each Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis. These transactions are also know as delayed-delivery transactions. (The phrase "delayed delivery" is not intended to include purchases where a delay in delivery involves only a brief period required by the selling party solely to locate appropriate certificates and prepare them for submission for clearance and settlement in the customary way.) Delayed-delivery transactions involve a commitment by a Fund to purchase or sell securities at a future date (ordinarily up to 90 days later). The price of the underlying securities (usually expressed in terms of yield) and the date when the securities will be delivered and paid for (the settlement date) are fixed at the time the transaction is negotiated. When-issued purchases and forward commitments are negotiated directly with the selling party.

When-issued purchases and forward commitments enable a Fund to lock in what is believed to be an attractive price or yield on a particular security for a period of time, regardless of future changes in interest rates. For example, in periods of rising interest rates and falling bond prices, a Fund might sell debt securities it owns on a forward commitment basis to limit its exposure to falling prices. In periods of falling interest rates and rising prices, a Fund might sell securities it owns and purchase the same or similar securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, thereby obtaining the benefit of currently higher yields. A Fund will not enter into such transactions for the purpose of leverage.

The value of securities purchased on a when-issued or forward commitment basis and any subsequent fluctuations in their value will be reflected in the Fund's net asset value starting on the date of the agreement to purchase the securities, and the Fund will be subject to the rights and risks of ownership of the securities on that date. A Fund will not earn interest on securities it has committed to purchase until they are paid for and received.

When a Fund makes a forward commitment to sell securities it owns, the proceeds to be received upon settlement will be included in the Fund's assets. Fluctuations in the market value of the underlying securities will not be reflected in the Fund's net asset value as long as the commitment to sell remains in effect. Settlement of when-issued purchases and forward commitment

12

transactions generally takes place up to 90 days after the date of the transaction, but a Fund may agree to a longer settlement period.

A Fund will make commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued basis or to purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis only with the intention of completing the transaction and actually purchasing or selling the securities. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, a Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a commitment after it is entered into. A Fund also may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Fund on the settlement date. The Fund may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with these transactions.

When a Fund purchases securities on a when-issued or forward-commitment basis, the Fund will specifically designate on its accounting records securities having a value (determined daily) at least equal to the amount of the Fund's purchase commitments. These procedures are designed to ensure that each Fund will maintain sufficient assets at all times to cover its obligations under when- issued purchases and forward commitments.

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Performance information for the Funds (and any class of the Funds) may be included in advertisements, sales literature or reports to shareholders or prospective investors. Performance information in advertisements and sales literature may be expressed as a yield of a class of shares and as a total return of a class of shares.

The Funds may from time to time include in advertisements containing total return the ranking of those performance figures relative to such figures for groups of mutual funds having similar investment objectives as categorized by ranking services such as Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., CDA Investment Technologies, Inc., Weisenberger Financial Services, Inc. and Morningstar, Inc. Additionally, each Fund may compare its performance results to other investment or savings vehicles (such as certificates of deposit) and may refer to results published in various publications such as Changing Times, Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barrons, Business Week and Investor's Daily, Stanger's Mutual Fund Monitor, The Stanger Register, Stanger's Investment Adviser, The Wall Street Journal, The New York Times, Consumer Reports, Registered Representative, Financial Planning, Financial Services Weekly, Financial World, U.S. News and World Report, Standard & Poor's The Outlook, and Personal Investor. The Funds may from time to time illustrate the benefits of tax deferral by comparing taxable investments to investments made through tax-deferred retirement plans. The total return may also be used to compare the performance of each Fund against certain widely acknowledged outside standards or indices for stock and bond market performance, such as the Standard & Poor's 500(R) Index (the "S&P
500(R) Index"), Dow Jones Industrial Average, Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index, Russell Midcap Growth Index, Europe Australia Far East Index ("EAFE"), Consumer Price Index, Lehman Brothers Corporate Index, and the Lehman Brothers T-Bond Index.

Advertisements, sales literature and other communications may contain information about the Funds and advisers' current investment strategies and management style. Current strategies and style may change to allow the Funds to respond quickly to changing market and economic conditions. From time to time the Funds may include specific portfolio holdings or industries in such communications. To illustrate components of overall performance, each Fund may separate its cumulative and average annual returns into income and capital gains components.

Performance information reflects only the performance of a hypothetical investment in each class during the particular time period on which the calculations are based. Performance information should be considered in light of a Fund's investment objectives and policies, characteristics and quality of the portfolio, and the market condition during the given time period, and should not be considered as a representation of what may be achieved in the future.

YIELD

The 30-day yield quotation as to a class of shares may be computed by dividing the net investment income for the period as to shares of that class by the maximum offering price of each share of that class on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:

YIELD = 2[(a-b + 1) (6) - 1]

cd

Where:

a = dividends and interest earned during the period.

b = net expenses accrued for the period.

c = the average daily number of shares of the class outstanding during the period that were entitled to receive dividends.
d = the maximum offering price per share of the class on the last day of the period.

The yields for each class of shares for the Bond Fund for the 30-day period ended September 30, 2005 were as follows:

                             CLASS X SHARES      CLASS A SHARES        CLASS B SHARES        CLASS C SHARES
                             --------------      --------------        --------------        --------------
Bond Fund                         3.93%                3.49%                2.95%                  3.05%

13

TOTAL RETURN

Standardized quotations of average annual total return for Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares or Class X Shares will be expressed in terms of the average annual compounded rate of return for a hypothetical investment in either Class A, Class B Shares, Class C Shares or Class X Shares over periods of 1, 5 and 10 years or up to the life of the class of shares, calculated for each class separately pursuant to the following formula: P((1+T)(n)) = ERV (where P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000, T = the average annual total return, n = the number of years, and ERV = the ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the period). All total return figures reflect the deduction of a proportional share of each class's expenses (on an annual basis), deduction of the maximum initial sales load in the case of Class A Shares and the maximum contingent deferred sales charge applicable to a complete redemption of the investment in the case of Class B Shares and Class C Shares, and assume that all dividends and distributions are on Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares and Class X Shares reinvested when paid.

For average "after-tax" total return, the SEC rules mandate several assumptions, including that the calculations use the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates at the time of reinvestment, and that the calculations do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor's tax situation and may differ from those shown. These returns, for instance, assume that an investor has sufficient capital gains of the same character from other investments to offset any capital losses from the redemption. As a result, returns after taxes on distributions and sale of Fund shares may exceed returns after taxes on distributions (but before sale of Fund shares). These returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements.

The Funds may also compute cumulative total return for specified periods based on a hypothetical Class A, Class B, Class C or Class X Account with an assumed initial investment of $10,000. The cumulative total return is determined by dividing the net asset value of this account at the end of the specified period by the value of the initial investment and is expressed as a percentage. Calculation of cumulative total return reflects payment of the Class A Share's maximum sales charge of 4.75% for the Bond Fund and 5.75% for the Earnings Driven Growth Fund and assumes reinvestment of all income dividends and capital gain distributions during the period.

The Funds also may quote annual, average annual and annualized total return and cumulative total return performance data, for any class of shares of the Funds, both as a percentage and as a dollar amount based on a hypothetical $10,000 investment for various periods other than those noted above. Such data will be computed as described above, except that (1) the rates of return calculated will not be average annual rates, but rather, actual annual, annualized or cumulative rates of return and (2) the maximum applicable sales charge will not be included with respect to annual, annualized or cumulative rate of return calculations.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

The Funds pay brokerage commissions for purchases and sales of portfolio securities. A high rate of portfolio turnover generally involves a correspondingly greater amount of brokerage commissions and other costs which must be borne directly by a Fund and thus indirectly by its shareholders. It may also result in the realization of larger amounts of short-term capital gains, which are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. If such rate of turnover exceeds 100%, the Funds will pay more in brokerage commissions than would be the case if they had lower portfolio turnover rates. Historical turnover rates can be found under the heading "Financial Highlights" located in the Trust's Prospectus.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

It is the general policy of the Trust not to employ any broker in the purchase or sale of securities for a Fund's portfolio unless the Trust believes that the broker will obtain the best execution for the Fund, taking into consideration such relevant factors as price, the ability of the broker to effect the transaction and the broker's facilities, reliability and financial responsibility. Commission rates, being a component of price, are considered together with such factors. The Trust is not obligated to deal with any broker or group of brokers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities.

In selecting brokers to effect transactions on securities exchanges, the Trust considers the factors set forth in the first paragraph under this heading and any investment products or services provided by such brokers, subject to the criteria of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Section 28(e) specifies that a person with investment discretion shall not be "deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached a fiduciary duty" solely because such person has caused the account to pay a higher commission than the lowest rate available. To obtain the benefit of
Section 28(e), the person so exercising investment discretion must make a good faith determination that the commissions paid are "reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or his overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which he exercises investment discretion." Accordingly, if the Trust determines in good faith that the amount of commissions charged by a broker is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research products and services provided by such broker, the Trust may pay commissions to such broker in an amount greater than the amount another firm might charge. Research products and services provided to the Trust include research reports on particular industries and companies, economic surveys and analyses, recommendations as to specific securities and other products or services

14

(e.g., quotation equipment and computer related costs and expenses) providing lawful and appropriate assistance to the subadviser and its affiliates in the performance their decision-making responsibilities.

Each year, the subadviser will consider the amount and nature of the research products and services provided by other brokers as well as the extent to which such products and services are relied upon, and attempt to allocate a portion of the brokerage business of their clients, such as the Trust, on the basis of such considerations. In addition, brokers sometimes suggest a level of business they would like to receive in return for the various services they provide. Actual brokerage business received by any broker may be less than the suggested allocations, but can (and often does) exceed the suggestions, because total brokerage is allocated on the basis of all the considerations described above. In no instance is a broker excluded from receiving business because it has not been identified as providing research services. As permitted by Section 28(e), the investment information received from other brokers may be used by the investment adviser (and its affiliates) in servicing all its accounts and not all such information may be used by the subadviser, in its capacity as the subadviser, in connection with the Trust. Nonetheless, the Trust believes that such investment information provides the Trust with benefits by supplementing the research otherwise available to the Trust.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable for a Fund's portfolio as well as for that of another Fund or one or more of the other clients of the subadviser. Investment decisions for a Fund and for the subadviser's other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more other clients are selling that same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security in a particular transaction as far as a Fund is concerned. The Trust believes that over time its ability to participate in volume transactions will produce better executions for the Funds. When appropriate, orders for the account of the Funds are combined with orders for other investment companies or other clients advised by the subadviser, including accounts (such as investment limited partnerships) in which the investment adviser or affiliated or associated persons of the subadviser are investors or have a financial interest, in order to obtain a more favorable commission rate. When the same security is purchased for a Fund and one or more other funds or other clients on the same day, each party pays the average price and commissions paid are allocated in direct proportion to the number of shares purchased.

The Trust has implemented, and the Board of Trustees has approved, policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent (i) the adviser's and/or subadviser's personnel responsible for the selection of broker-dealers to effect fund portfolio securities transactions from taking into account, in making those decisions, broker-dealer's promotion or sales efforts, and (ii) the Trust, its adviser and distributor from entering into any agreement or other understanding under which the Funds' direct brokerage transactions or revenue generated by those transactions to a broker-dealer to pay for distribution of fund shares. These policies and procedures are designed to prevent the Trust from entering into informal arrangements to direct portfolio securities transactions to a particular broker.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005, brokerage commissions paid by the Trust on portfolio transactions totaled $821,952, $855,154 and $235,961, respectively. Brokerage commissions of $62,168 paid during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, were paid on portfolio transactions aggregating $54,832,509 executed by brokers who provided research and other statistical information.

DISCLOSURE OF FUND HOLDINGS

The Trustees of the Phoenix Funds have adopted policies with respect to the disclosure of the Funds' portfolio holdings by the Funds, Phoenix (generally, the Funds' investment adviser), or their affiliates. These policies provide that the Funds' portfolio holdings information generally may not be disclosed to any party prior to the information becoming public. Certain limited exceptions are described below. Additionally, the Funds' policies prohibit Phoenix and the Funds' other service providers from entering into any agreement to disclose Fund portfolio holdings in exchange for any form of compensation or consideration. These policies apply to disclosures to all categories of persons, including individual investors, institutional investors, intermediaries who sell shares of the Fund, third parties providing services to the Funds (accounting agent, print vendors, etc.), rating and ranking organizations (Lipper, Morningstar, etc.) and affiliated persons of the Funds.

The Board of Trustees has delegated to the Holdings Disclosure Committee (the "HDC") the authority to make decisions regarding requests for information on portfolio holdings prior to public disclosure. The HDC will authorize the disclosure of portfolio holdings only if it determines such disclosure to be in the best interests of Fund shareholders. The HDC is composed of the Funds' Compliance Officer, and officers of the Funds' advisers and principal underwriter representing the areas of portfolio management, fund control, institutional marketing, retail marketing, and distribution.

The Funds' Compliance Officer is responsible for monitoring the use of portfolio holdings information, for the Funds' compliance with these policies and for providing regular reports (at least quarterly) to the Board of Trustees regarding their compliance,

15

including information with respect to any potential conflicts of interest between the interests of Fund shareholders and those of Phoenix and its affiliates identified during the reporting period and how such conflicts were resolved.

PUBLIC DISCLOSURES

In accordance with rules established by the SEC, each Fund sends semiannual and annual reports to shareholders that contain a full listing of portfolio holdings as of the second and fourth fiscal quarters, respectively, within 60 days of quarter end. The Funds also disclose complete portfolio holdings as of the end of the first and third fiscal quarters on Form N-Q, which is filed with the SEC within 60 days of quarter end. The Funds' shareholder reports are available on Phoenix's Web sites at www.PhoenixFunds.com or www.PhoenixInvestments.com. Additionally, each Fund provides its top 10 holdings and summary composition data derived from portfolio holdings information on Phoenix's Web sites. This information is posted to the Web sites at the end of each month with respect to the top 10 holdings, and at the end of each quarter with respect to summary composition information, generally within 10 business days. This information will be available on the Web sites until full portfolio holdings information becomes publicly available as described above. The Funds also provide publicly-available portfolio holdings information directly to ratings agencies, the frequency and timing of which is determined under the terms of the contractual arrangements with such agencies.

OTHER DISCLOSURES

The HDC may authorize the disclosure of non-public portfolio holdings information under certain limited circumstances. The Funds' policies provide that non-public disclosures of a Fund's portfolio holdings may only be made if
(i) the Fund has a legitimate business purpose for making such disclosure, and
(ii) the party receiving the non-public information enters into a confidentiality agreement, which includes a duty not to trade on the non-public information. The HDC will consider any actual or potential conflicts of interest between Phoenix and its mutual fund shareholders and will act in the best interest of the Funds' shareholders with respect to any such disclosure of portfolio holdings information. If a potential conflict can be resolved in a manner that does not present detrimental effects to Fund shareholders, the HDC may authorize release of portfolio holdings information. Conversely, if the potential conflict cannot be resolved in a manner that does not present detrimental effects to Fund shareholders, the HDC will not authorize such release.

ONGOING ARRANGEMENTS TO DISCLOSE PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

As previously authorized by the Funds' Board of Trustees and/or the Funds' executive officers, the Funds periodically disclose non-public portfolio holdings on a confidential basis to various service providers that require such information in order to assist the Funds in their day-to-day operations, as well as public information to certain ratings organizations. In addition to Phoenix and its affiliates, these entities are described in the following table. The table also includes information as to the timing of these entities receiving the portfolio holdings information from the Funds.

NON-PUBLIC HOLDINGS INFORMATION

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               TIMING OF RELEASE OF
         TYPE OF SERVICE PROVIDER                  NAME OF SERVICE PROVIDER              PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Adviser                                     Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc.        Daily
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Subadviser (Bond and Earnings Driven        Seneca Capital Management LLC           Daily
Growth Funds)
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------

Subadviser (Growth Opportunities Fund)      Turner Investment Partners, Inc.        Daily

------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Distributor                                 Phoenix Equity Planning Corporation     Daily
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------

Custodian (Bond and Earnings Driven         State Street Bank and Trust Company     Daily
Growth Funds)
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Custodian (Growth Opportunities Fund)       PFPC Trust Company                      Daily

------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Sub-Financial Agent                         PFPC Inc.                               Daily
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------

Independent Registered Public Accounting    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP              Annual Reporting Period: within 15
Firm                                                                                business days of end of reporting period

                                                                                    Semiannual Reporting Period: within 31
                                                                                    business days of end of reporting period
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Typesetting Firm for Financial Reports      GCom Solutions                          Monthly on first business day following
and Forms N-Q                                                                       month end
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Printer for Financial Reports               V.G. Reed & Sons                        Annual and Semiannual Reporting Period:
                                                                                    within 45 days after end of reporting
                                                                                    period
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Proxy Voting Service                        Institutional Shareholder Services      Twice weekly on an ongoing basis
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

16

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               TIMING OF RELEASE OF
         TYPE OF SERVICE PROVIDER                  NAME OF SERVICE PROVIDER              PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Intermediary Selling Shares of the Fund     Merrill Lynch                           Quarterly within 10 days of quarter end
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Third-Party Class B Share Financer          SG Constellation LLC                    Weekly based on prior week end
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PUBLIC PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              TIMING OF RELEASE OF
TYPE OF SERVICE PROVIDER                    NAME OF SERVICE PROVIDER                     PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Portfolio Redistribution Firms              Bloomberg, Standard & Poor's and        Quarterly, 60 days after fiscal
                                            Thompson Financial Services             quarter end
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Rating Agencies                             Lipper Inc. and Morningstar             Quarterly, 60 days after quarter end
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

These service providers are required to keep all non-public information confidential and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the Funds.

There is no guarantee that the Funds' policies on use and dissemination of holdings information will protect the Funds from the potential misuse of holdings by individuals or firms in possession of such information.

SERVICES OF THE ADVISER AND SUBADVISERS

THE ADVISER

The investment adviser to each of the Funds is Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc. ("PIC" or "Adviser"), which is located at 56 Prospect Street, Hartford, Connecticut 06115-0480. PIC was originally organized in 1932 as John P. Chase, Inc. PIC acts as the investment adviser for over 60 mutual funds and as adviser to institutional clients. As of March 31, 2006, PIC had approximately $19.2 billion in assets under management.

All of the outstanding stock of PIC is owned by PEPCO, which acts as Distributor and Financial Agent for the Trust and is a subsidiary of Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd. ("PXP"). PXP is the investment management subsidiary of The Phoenix Companies, Inc. ("PNX") of Hartford, Connecticut who is the sole shareholder of PXP. PNX is a leading provider of wealth management products and services to individuals and businesses. The principal offices of PNX and PEPCO are located at One American Row, Hartford, Connecticut 06102.

PXP has served investors for over 70 years. As of March 31, 2006, PXP had approximately $50.5 billion in assets under management. PXP's money management is provided by affiliated investment advisers, as well as through subadvisory arrangements with outside managers, each specializing in particular investment styles and asset classes.

As compensation for its services to the Bond and Earnings Driven Growth Funds, the Adviser receives a fee, which is accrued daily against the value of each Fund's net assets and paid monthly at the following rates:

Bond Fund 0.50% Earnings Driven Growth Fund 0.80%

The Adviser has contractually agreed to limit the Funds' total operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses) through January 31, 2007 so that expenses do not exceed, on an annualized basis, the following. The adviser will not seek to recapture any operating expenses reimbursed under this arrangement.

FUND                                              CLASS X           CLASS A          CLASS B          CLASS C
----                                              -------           -------          -------          -------
Bond Fund                                          0.90%             1.15%            1.90%             1.90%
Earnings Driven Growth Fund                        1.20%             1.45%            2.20%             2.20%

As compensation for its services to the Growth Opportunities Fund, the Adviser receives a fee, which is accrued daily against the value of the Fund's net assets and paid monthly at the following rates:

                                                                   $1 BILLION
                                      1ST $1 BILLION            THROUGH 2 BILLION             $2+ BILLION
                                      --------------            -----------------             -----------
Growth Opportunities Fund                  0.75%                      0.70%                      0.65%

The Adviser has contractually agreed to limit the Fund's total operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses) through May 31, 2008, so that such expenses do not exceed, on an annualized basis, the following. The adviser will not seek to recapture any operating expenses reimbursed under this arrangement.

           FUND                           CLASS A                    CLASS C
           ----                           -------                    -------
Growth Opportunities Fund                  1.25%                      2.00%

The Adviser may discontinue or modify any such waivers or reimbursements it may provide in the future at its discretion.

17

For the fiscal years ended September 2003, 2004 and 2005, PIC earned investment management fees of $373,661, $382,004 and $376,469, respectively, for services to the Bond Fund and $1,076,676, $1,028,470 and $613,172, respectively, for services to the Earnings Driven Growth Fund.

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005, PIC reimbursed $60,889, $32,865 and $69,688, respectively, for the Bond Fund and $215,880, $126,819 and $252,272, respectively, for the Earnings Driven Growth Fund.

THE SUBADVISERS

Seneca Capital Management LLC ("Seneca" or Subadviser") is the Subadviser to the Bond and Earnings Driven Growth Funds and is located at 909 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94133. Seneca acts as subadviser to six fund companies totaling eight mutual funds and as investment adviser to institutions and individuals. As of March 31, 2006, Seneca had approximately $10.3 billion in assets under management.

The Subadvisory Agreement provides that the adviser, PIC, will delegate to Seneca the performance of certain of its investment management services under the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Bond Fund and the Earnings Driven Growth Fund. Seneca will furnish at is own expense the office facilities and personnel necessary to perform such services.

For its services as Subadviser of the Bond Fund and Earnings Driven Growth Fund, Seneca is entitled to a fee that is accrued daily against the value of each Fund's net assets, payable monthly, at the following annual rates:

Bond Fund 0.25% Earnings Driven Growth Fund 0.40%

Turner Investment Partners, Inc. ("Turner") is the Subadviser to the Growth Opportunities Fund and is located at 1205 Westlakes Drive, Suite 100, Berwyn, Pennsylvania 19312. Turner is a professional investment management firm founded in March 1990. Turner has provided investment advisory services to investment companies since 1992. As of March 31, 2006, Turner had approximately $21.3 billion in assets under management.

The Subadvisory Agreement provides that the adviser, PIC, will delegate to Turner the performance of certain of its investment management services under the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Growth Opportunities Fund. Turner will furnish at is own expense the office facilities and personnel necessary to perform such services.

For its services as Subadviser of the Growth Opportunities Fund, Turner is entitled to the following fees that are accrued daily against the value of the Fund's net assets, payable monthly, at the following annual rates:

                                                                     $1+ BILLION
                                        1ST $1 BILLION           THROUGH $2 BILLION                $2+ BILLION
                                        --------------           ------------------                -----------
Growth Opportunities Fund                   0.375%                      0.35%                        0.325%

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, PIC is not liable to the Trust or any shareholder for any error of judgment or mistake of law or any loss suffered by the Trust or any shareholder in connection with the Investment Advisory Agreement, except a loss resulting from PIC's willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duty. Under the Subadvisory Agreement, Seneca is not liable for actions taken in its best professional judgment, in good faith and believed by it to be authorized, provided such actions are not in breach of the Funds' investment objectives, policies and restrictions or the result of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or breach of duty or obligations.

The Investment Advisory Agreement may be modified or amended only with the approval of the holders of a majority of the applicable Fund's outstanding shares and by a vote of the majority of the Trustees who are not "interested persons" (as defined in the 1940 Act) (the "Independent Trustees"). The Subadvisory Agreements may be amended at any time by written agreement among the Subadviser, the Adviser and the Trust, except that any changes to the duties of and fees payable to the Subadviser will also be subject to the approval of the Trustees and a majority of the applicable Fund's outstanding shares. Unless terminated, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreements continue in full force and effect as long as each is approved annually by a majority vote of the Trustees or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable Fund, but in either event it also must be approved by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Investment Advisory Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreements may be terminated without penalty by any party upon 60 days written notice and automatically terminates in the event of its assignment. In the event of termination, or at the request of PIC, the Trust and the Funds will eliminate all reference to "Phoenix" from their names. Upon such request, PIC has agreed to submit the question of continuing the Investment Advisory Agreement to a vote of the shareholders of the Trust.

In the management of the Trust and their other accounts, the Subadviser allocates investment opportunities to all accounts for which they are, in the Subadviser's judgment, appropriate, subject to the availability of cash in any particular account and the final decision of the individual or individuals in charge of such accounts. Where market supply is inadequate for a distribution to all such accounts, securities are generally allocated in proportion to net assets. In some cases this procedure may have an adverse effect on the price or volume of the security as far as the Funds are concerned. (See also "Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage.")

18

Each Fund bears all expenses of its own operation (subject to the expense limitations described above), which expenses include: (i) fees and expenses of any investment adviser or administrator of the Fund; (ii) organization expenses of the Trust; (iii) fees and expenses incurred by the Trust in connection with membership in investment company organizations; (iv) brokers' commissions; (v) payment for portfolio pricing services to a pricing agent, if any; (vi) legal, accounting or auditing expenses; (vii) interest, insurance premiums, taxes or governmental fees; (viii) fees and expenses of the transfer agent of the Trust;
(ix) the cost of preparing stock certificates or any other expenses, including, without limitation, clerical expenses of issue, redemption or repurchase of shares of the Fund; (x) the expenses of and fees for registering or qualifying shares of the Funds for sale and of maintaining the registration of the Funds;
(xi) a portion of the fees and expenses of Trustees who are not affiliated with the Adviser or Subadviser; (xii) the cost of preparing and distributing reports and notices to existing shareholders, the SEC and other regulatory authorities;
(xiii) fees or disbursements of custodians of the Funds' assets, including expenses incurred in the performance of any obligations enumerated by the Agreement and Declaration of Trust or Bylaws of the Trust insofar as they govern agreements with any such custodian; (xiv) costs in connection with annual or special meetings of shareholders, including proxy material preparation, printing and mailing; (xv) litigation and indemnification expenses and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Trust's business; and (xvi) distribution fees and service fees applicable to each class of shares.

Each Fund's Investment Advisory and Subadvisory Agreements provide that the Adviser and Subadviser may render similar services to others so long as the services provided thereunder are not impaired thereby.

The Trust, its Adviser, Subadvisers and Distributor have each adopted a Code of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17-j1 under the 1940 Act, Personnel subject to the Codes of Ethics may purchase and sell securities for their personal accounts, including securities that may be purchased, sold or held by the Funds, subject to certain restrictions and conditions. Generally, personal securities transactions are subject to preclearance procedures, reporting requirements and holding period rules. The Codes also restrict personal securities transactions in private placements, initial public offerings and securities in which the Funds have a pending order. The Trust has also adopted a Senior Management Code of Ethics as required by Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

BOARD OF TRUSTEES' CONSIDERATION OF INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT AND SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT

BOND FUND AND EARNINGS DRIVEN GROWTH FUND

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees approving the investment advisory and subadvisory agreements is available in the Funds' 2005 semiannual report, covering the period October 1, 2004 through March 31, 2005.

GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND

The Board of Trustees is responsible for determining whether to approve the Fund's investment advisory and subadvisory agreements. At a meeting held on February 17, 2006, the Board, including a majority of the independent Trustees, approved the investment advisory agreement (the "Advisory Agreement") between Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc. ("PIC") and the Fund and the subadvisory agreement (the "Subadvisory Agreement") between PIC and Turner Investment Partners, Inc. ("Subadviser"). Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement between PIC and the Fund, PIC provides advisory services to the Fund. Pursuant to the Subadvisory Agreement between PIC and the Subadviser, the Subadviser provides the day-to-day investment management for the Fund.

During the review process, the Board received assistance and advice from, and met separately with, independent legal counsel. In approving each agreement, the Board, including a majority of the independent Trustees, determined that the fee structure was fair and reasonable and that approval of each agreement was in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. While attention was given to all information furnished, the following discusses the primary factors relevant to the Board's decision.

ADVISORY AGREEMENT CONSIDERATIONS

NATURE, EXTENT AND QUALITY OF SERVICES. The Board concluded that the nature, extent, and quality of the overall services PIC and its affiliates plan to provide to the Fund and its shareholders was reasonable. The Board's conclusion was based, in part, upon services to provided to other funds advised by PIC. The Board also considered and was satisfied with the adequacy of PIC's compliance program. The Board noted that PIC will be responsible for the general oversight of the investment programs of the Fund and the monitoring of the Fund's Subadviser's investment performance and its compliance with applicable laws, regulations, policies and procedures. In this regard, the Board considered the detailed performance review process of the investment oversight committee. With respect to compliance monitoring, the Board noted that PIC will require quarterly compliance certifications from the Subadviser and will conduct compliance due diligence visits to the Subadviser. The Board also considered the experience of PIC having acted as an investment adviser to mutual funds for over 70 years and its current experience in acting as an adviser to over 60 mutual funds and several institutional clients. The Board also noted the extent of benefits that are provided Fund shareholders from being part of the Phoenix family of funds, including the right to exchange investments between the same class of funds without a sales charge, the ability to reinvest Fund dividends into other funds and the right to combine holdings in other funds to obtain a reduced sales charge. The Board also considered the transfer agent and shareholder services that will be provided to Fund shareholders by an affiliate of PIC, noting continuing improvements by management in the scope and quality of services and favorable reports on such service conducted by third parties.

19

INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE. The Fund had not commenced operations as of March 31, 2006, therefore, performance information was not available.

PROFITABILITY. The Board was not able to consider the levels of profits realized by PIC and its affiliates in connection with the operation of the Fund because the Fund had not commenced operations as of March 31, 2006. However the Board noted the contractual arrangement with PIC to limit the Fund's total operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses) through May 2008, so that such expenses would not exceed 1.25% for Class A Shares and 2.00% for Class C Shares.

MANAGEMENT FEE AND TOTAL EXPENSES. The Board also placed significant emphasis on the review of pro forma expenses of the Fund. Consideration was given to a comparative analysis of the management fees and total expense ratios of the Fund compared with those of a group of other funds selected as appropriate comparisons. The Board found the Fund's management fee to be comparable to its peer group and total fees and expenses to be comparable.

ECONOMIES OF SCALE. The Board noted that it was likely that PIC and the Fund would achieve certain economies of scale as the assets grew covering certain fixed costs. The Board concluded that the shareholders would have an opportunity to benefit from economies of scale as assets grew covering certain fixed costs. The Board concluded that shareholders would have an opportunity to benefit from economies of scale as assets increase proportionately more than certain other expenses.

SUBADVISORY CONSIDERATION AGREEMENTS

NATURE, EXTENT AND QUALITY OF SERVICES. The Board considered the qualifications of key personnel of the Subadviser that would manage the Fund. Based on the qualifications of the Subadviser's personnel and the performance of assets managed by the Subadviser in a similar manner as the Fund would be managed, the Trustees concluded that the nature, extent and quality of the overall services that would be provided by the Subadviser to the Fund was reasonable. Turning to compensation, the Board noted that a primary factor in the Subadviser's determination of the amount of bonus compensation to portfolio managers was the relative investment performance of the funds that they managed which would align their interests with those of the Fund's shareholders. The Board also considered and was satisfied with the adequacy of the Subadviser's compliance program.

INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE. Although the Fund had not commenced operations as of March 31, 2006, the Board considered the performance of the predecessor fund which has substantially similar investment objectives and policies and was advised by the Subadviser. The Board reviewed performance of the predecessor fund as of December 31, 2005 in absolute terms and as compared to the Russell 1000 Growth Index, noting that for the one, three and five year periods the predecessor fund outperformed the index.

PROFITABILITY. The Board did not separately review profitability information of the Subadviser noting that the subadvisory fee is paid by PIC and not by the Fund so that the Fund shareholders would not be directly impacted.

SUBADVISORY FEE. The Board did not receive comparative fee analysis of subadvisory fees but noted that the subadvisory fee is paid by PIC and not by the Fund so that Fund shareholders would not be directly impacted.

ECONOMIES OF SCALE. The Board considered the existence of any economies of scale and whether these economies would be passed along to the Fund's shareholders but noted that any economies would most likely be generated at the fund level and not necessarily at the Subadviser level.

DESCRIPTION OF PROXY VOTING POLICY

The Trust has adopted on behalf of the Funds a Statement of Policy with Respect to Proxy Voting (the "Policy") stating the Trust's intention to exercise stock ownership rights with respect to portfolio securities in a manner that is reasonably anticipated to further the best economic interests of shareholders of the Funds. The Funds have committed to analyze and vote all proxies that are likely to have financial implications, and where appropriate, to participate in corporate governance, shareholder proposals, management communications and legal proceedings. The Funds must also identify potential or actual conflicts of interest in voting proxies and must address any such conflict of interest in accordance with the Policy.

The Policy stipulates that the Funds' Adviser will vote proxies or delegate such responsibility to a Subadviser. The Adviser or Subadvisers will vote proxies in accordance with this Policy, or its own policies and procedures, which in no event will conflict with the Trust's Policy. Any Adviser or Subadviser may engage a qualified, independent organization to vote proxies on its behalf (a "delegate"). Matters that may affect substantially the rights and privileges of the holders of securities to be voted will be analyzed and voted on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration such relevant factors as enumerated in the Policy. The views of management of a portfolio company will be considered.

The Policy specifies certain factors that will be considered when analyzing and voting proxies on certain issues, including, but not limited to:

o Corporate Governance Matters--tax and economic benefits of changes in the state of incorporation; dilution or improved accountability associated with anti-takeover provisions such as staggered boards, poison pills and supermajority provisions.

o Changes to Capital Structure--dilution or improved accountability associated with such changes.

20

o Stock Option and Other Management Compensation Issues--executive pay and spending on perquisites, particularly in conjunction with sub-par performance and employee layoffs.

o Social and Corporate Responsibility Issues--the Adviser or Subadvisers will generally vote against shareholder social and environmental issue proposals.

The Funds and their delegates seek to avoid actual or perceived conflicts of interest of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Adviser, Subadvisers, delegate, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Funds, on the other hand. Depending on the type and materiality, any conflicts of interest will be handled by (i) relying on the recommendations of an established, independent third party proxy voting vendor; (ii) voting pursuant to the recommendation of the delegate; (iii) abstaining; or (iv) where two or more delegates provide conflicting requests, voting shares in proportion to the assets under management of each delegate. The Policy requires each Adviser, Subadviser or delegate to notify the President of the Trust of any actual or potential conflict of interest. No Adviser, Subadviser or delegate may waive any conflict of interest or vote any conflicted proxies without the prior written approval of the Board of Trustees or the President of the Trust.

The Policy further imposes certain record keeping and reporting requirements on each Adviser, Subadviser or delegate. Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ending June 30, is available free of charge by calling, toll-free, (800) 243-1574, or on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

COMPENSATION OF PORTFOLIO MANAGERS OF SENECA CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC (SUBADVISER TO THE BOND FUND AND EARNINGS DRIVEN GROWTH FUND)

Seneca Capital Management LLC ("Seneca") believes that the firm's compensation program is adequate and competitive to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals. Investment professionals at Seneca receive a competitive base salary, an incentive bonus opportunity and a benefits package.

Following is a more detailed description of the compensation structure of Seneca's portfolio managers.

Base Salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a fixed base salary, which is determined by Seneca and is designed to be competitive in light of the individual's experience and responsibilities.

Incentive Bonus. Bonus payments are based on a number of factors including the profitability of Seneca and the portfolio team member's long-term contributions to the firm. Seneca's principles emphasize teamwork and a focus on client needs, and bonuses are structured to emphasize those principles. All full-time employees of Seneca participate in the annual bonus program. Bonuses are not linked to the volume of assets managed or to measurements of relative or absolute investment returns. Bonus payments are generally determined based on considerations of Seneca's working capital requirements and on estimated tax liabilities.

The Executive Committee and Chief Investment Officer have discretion over the measurement of the components.

Other Benefits. Portfolio managers are also eligible to participate in broad-based plans offered generally to the firm's employees, including 401(k), health and other employee benefit plans.

COMPENSATION OF PORTFOLIO MANAGERS OF TURNER INVESTMENT PARTNERS, INC.
(SUBADVISER TO THE GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND)

Turner's investment professionals receive a base salary commensurate with their level of experience. Turner's goal is to maintain competitive base salaries through review of industry standards, market conditions, and salary surveys. Bonus compensation, which is a multiple of base salary, is computed annually based on the one year performance of each individual's sector and portfolio management assignments relative to appropriate market benchmarks. In addition, each employee is eligible for equity ownership and equity owners share the firm's profits. Most of the members of the investment team and all portfolio managers are equity owners of Turner.

The objective performance criteria noted above accounts for 90% of the bonus calculation. The remaining 10% is based upon subjective, "good will" factors including teamwork, interpersonal relations, the individuals contribution to the overall success of the firm, media and client relations, presentation skills, and professional development. Portfolio managers/analysts are reviewed on an annual basis. The Chief Investment Officer of Turner is responsible for setting base salaries, bonus targets, and making all subjective judgments related to an investment professionals compensation. The Chief Investment Officer is also responsible for identifying investment professionals that should be considered for equity ownership on an annual basis.

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED BY PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

There may be certain inherent conflicts of interest that arise in connection with the portfolio managers' management of the Fund's investments and the investments of any other accounts they manage. Such conflicts could arise from the aggregation of orders for all accounts managed by a particular portfolio manager, the allocation of purchases across all such accounts, the allocation of IPOs and any soft dollar arrangements that the Adviser may have in place that could benefit the Fund and/or such

21

other accounts. The Board of Trustees has adopted on behalf of the Fund policies and procedures designed to address any such conflicts of interest to ensure that all transactions are executed in the best interest of the Fund's shareholders. The Adviser is required to certify its compliance with these procedures to the Board of Trustees on a quarterly basis. There have been no material compliance issues with respect to any of these policies and procedures during the Fund's most recent fiscal year. Additionally, there are no material conflicts of interest between the investment strategy of the Fund and the investment strategy of other accounts managed by portfolio managers since portfolio managers generally manage funds and other accounts having similar investment strategies.

The following table provides information as of September 30, 2005 regarding any other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and portfolio management team members for the Fund as named in the prospectus. As noted in the table, the portfolio managers managing the Fund may also manage or be members of management teams for other mutual funds within the Phoenix Fund complex or other similar accounts.

                                                               NUMBER OF AND TOTAL
                                      NUMBER OF AND TOTAL     ASSETS OF OTHER POOLED    NUMBER OF AND TOTAL
                                     ASSETS OF REGISTERED      INVESTMENT VEHICLES        ASSETS OF OTHER
PORTFOLIO MANAGER                    INVESTMENT COMPANIES             (PIVs)                 ACCOUNTS
-----------------                    --------------------             ------                 --------
Al Alaimo                               3/$125 million           1/$122.5 million        264/$8.5 billion
Robert Bishop                           2/$106 million                 None              264/$8.5 billion
Andrew Chow                             2/$106 million                 None              264/$8.5 billion
Fran Gillin Cooley                     5/$477.5 million                None              302/$1.5 billion
Doug Couden                            5/$477.5 million                None              302/$1.5 billion
Albert Gutierrez                        5/$298 million          2/$185.9 million*              None

Robb J. Parlanti                        8/$826 million           13/$382 million          50/$3.9 billion
Robert E. Turner                       29/$5.3 billion**         30/$715 million          96/$8.9 billion
Mark Turner                           13/$2.1 billion***         21/$571 million          70/$6.0 billion

Note: Registered Investment Companies include all open and closed-end mutual funds. Pooled Investment Vehicles (PIVs) include, but are not limited to, securities of issuers exempt from registration under Section 3(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, such as private placements and hedge funds. Other accounts would include, but are not limited to, individual managed accounts, separate accounts, institutional accounts, pension funds, collateralized bond obligations, and collateralized debt obligations.

* Mr. Gutierrez is the Portfolio Manager for one hedge fund which has a performance based fee. The value of that hedge fund as of September 30, 2005 was $63.4 million (listed under PIVs above).

** Mr. Robert Turner is Portfolio Manager for three registered investment companies which have a performance based fee. The value of the funds as of February 28, 2006 was $852 million.

*** Mr. Mark Turner is Portfolio Manager for one registered investment company which has a performance based fee. The value of that fund on February 28, 2006 was $800 million.

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SECURITIES BY PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

The following chart sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each portfolio manager in the Fund described in the Fund's prospectus that he or she manages as of September 30, 2005:

                                                                           DOLLAR RANGE OF EQUITY SECURITIES
PORTFOLIO MANAGER                         FUND MANAGED                     BENEFICIALLY OWNED IN FUND MANAGED
-----------------                         ------------                     ----------------------------------
Al Alaimo                                  Bond Fund                                      None
Robert Bishop                              Bond Fund                                      None
Andrew Chow                                Bond Fund                                      None
Fran Gillin Cooley                Earnings Driven Growth Fund                      $10,000 - $50,000
Doug Couden                       Earnings Driven Growth Fund                             None
Albert Gutierrez                           Bond Fund                                      None

Since the Growth Opportunities Fund has been in existence only since the date of this SAI, the portfolio managers for the Fund did not hold any shares in the Fund as of September 30, 2005.

NET ASSET VALUE

Under the 1940 Act, the Trustees are responsible for determining in good faith the fair value of securities of the Funds. The net asset value per share of each class of each Fund is determined once daily, Monday through Friday as of the close of trading on the NYSE (normally 4:00 P.M. New York City time) on each day the Trust is "open for business" (as defined in the Prospectus). A Fund need not determine its net asset value on any day during which its shares were not tendered for redemption and the Trust did not receive any order to purchase or sell shares of that Fund. In accordance with procedures approved by the Trustees, the net asset value per share of each class of each Fund is calculated by determining the value of the net assets attributable to each class of that Fund and dividing by the number of outstanding shares of that class. The NYSE is not open for trading on weekends or on the

22

following observed national holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

The public offering price per share of a class of a Fund is the net asset value per share of that class of that Fund next determined after receipt of an order. Orders for shares that have been received by the Trust or the Transfer Agent before the close of regular trading of the NYSE are confirmed at the offering price effective at the close of regular trading of the NYSE on that day, while orders received subsequent to the close of regular trading of the NYSE will be confirmed at the offering price effective at the close of regular trading of the NYSE on the next day on which the net asset value is calculated.

Bonds and other fixed-income securities (other than short-term obligations but including listed issues) in a Fund's portfolio are valued on the basis of valuations furnished by a pricing service that uses both dealer-supplied valuations and electronic data processing techniques that take into account appropriate factors such as institutional-size trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other market data, without exclusive reliance upon quoted prices or exchange or over-the-counter prices, when such valuations are believed to reflect the fair value of such securities.

In determining the net asset value, unlisted securities for which market quotations are available are valued at the last reported sales price or, if no sales are reported or such pricing is not provided, the mean between the most recent bid and asked prices. Securities, options on securities, futures contracts and options thereon that are listed or admitted to trading on a national exchange, are valued at their last sale on such exchange prior to the time of determining net asset value; or if no sales are reported on such exchange on that day, at the mean between the most recent bid and asked price. Securities listed on more than one exchange shall be valued on the exchange the security is most extensively traded. Quotations of foreign securities in foreign currency will be converted to U.S. Dollar equivalents using foreign exchange quotations received from independent dealers. Short-term investments having a maturity of 60 days or less will be valued at amortized cost, as the Trustees have determined that amortized cost is their fair market value. Certain debt securities for which daily market quotations are not available may be valued, pursuant to guidelines established by the Trustees, with reference to fixed income securities whose prices are more readily obtainable and whose durations are comparable to the securities being valued. Subject to the foregoing, other securities for which market quotations are not readily available will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Trustees.

For purposes of determining the net asset value of the Funds' shares, options transactions will be treated as follows: When a Fund sells an option, an amount equal to the premium received by that Fund will be included in that Fund's accounts as an asset and a deferred liability will be created in the amount of the option. The amount of the liability will be marked to the market to reflect the current market value of the option. If the option expires or if that Fund enters into a closing purchase transaction, that Fund will realize a gain (or a loss if the cost of the closing purchase exceeds the premium received), and the related liability will be extinguished. If a call option contract sold by a Fund is exercised, that Fund will realize the gain or loss from the sale of the underlying security and the sale proceeds will be increased by the premium originally received.

HOW TO BUY SHARES

The minimum initial investment is $500 and the minimum subsequent investment is $25 for Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares. However, both the minimum initial and subsequent investment amounts are $25 for investments pursuant to the "Investo-Matic" plan, a bank draft investing program administered by Distributor, or pursuant to the Systematic Exchange privilege or for an individual retirement account (IRA). In addition, there are no subsequent investment minimum amounts in connection with the reinvestment of dividend or capital gain distributions. The minimum initial investment for Class X Shares is $250,000, and the minimum subsequent investment for Class X Shares is $10,000. Completed applications for the purchase of shares should be mailed to Phoenix Funds, c/o State Street Bank and Trust Company, P.O. Box 8301, Boston, MA 02266-8301.

The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to accept on its behalf purchase and redemption orders. Such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the Trust's behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker's authorized designee, accepts the order. Customer orders will be priced at the Funds' net asset values next computed after they are received by an authorized broker or the broker's authorized designee.

ALTERNATIVE PURCHASE ARRANGEMENTS

Shares may be purchased from investment dealers at a price equal to their net asset value per share, plus a sales charge which, at the election of the purchaser, may be imposed either (i) at the time of the purchase (the "initial sales charge alternative") or (ii) on a contingent deferred basis (the "deferred sales charge alternative"). Each Fund, (except for Growth Opportunities Fund), also offers one class of shares (Class X Shares) that may be purchased by certain institutional investors at a price equal to their net asset value per share. Orders received by dealers prior to the close of trading on the NYSE are confirmed at the offering price effective at that time, provided the order is received by the Distributor prior to its close of business.

The alternative purchase arrangements permit an investor to choose the method of purchasing shares that is more beneficial given the amount of the purchase, the length of time the investor expects to hold the shares, whether the investor wishes to receive

23

distributions in cash or to reinvest them in additional shares of the Funds, and other circumstances. Investors should consider whether, during the anticipated life of their investment in the Trust, the accumulated continuing distribution and services fees and contingent deferred sales charges ("CDSC") on Class B Shares or Class C Shares would be less than the initial sales charge and accumulated distribution and services fees on Class A Shares purchased at the same time.

Dividends paid by the Funds, if any, with respect to each class of shares will be calculated in the same manner at the same time on the same day, except that fees such as higher distribution and service fees relating to each class of shares will be borne exclusively by that class. (See "Dividends, Distributions and Taxes" in this SAI.)

CLASS A SHARES

Class A Shares incur a sales charge when they are purchased and enjoy the benefit of not being subject to any sales charge when they are redeemed, except that a 1% deferred sales charge may apply to shares purchased on which a finder's fee has been paid if redeemed within one year of purchase. The one-year period begins on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the purchase was made. Such deferred sales charge may be waived under certain conditions as determined by the Distributor. Class A Shares are subject to ongoing service fees at an annual rate of 0.25% of the Trust's aggregate average daily net assets attributable to the Class A Shares. In addition, certain purchases of Class A Shares qualify for reduced initial sales charges and, as previously noted, existing shareholders of the Predecessor Fund who became shareholders of the Growth Opportunities Fund through the reorganization will receive Class A Shares of the Growth Opportunities Fund in exchange for their shares of the Predecessor Fund and will not be required to pay a sales load for new purchases of Class A Shares of the Growth Opportunities Fund.

CLASS B SHARES (BOND FUND AND EARNINGS DRIVEN GROWTH FUND ONLY)

Class B Shares do not incur a sales charge when they are purchased, but they are subject to a sales charge if they are redeemed within five years of purchase. The deferred sales charge may be waived in connection with certain qualifying redemptions. (See the "Class B Shares and Class C Shares -- Waiver of Sales Charges" section of this SAI.)

Class B Shares are subject to ongoing distribution and service fees at an annual rate of up to 1.00% of the Fund's aggregate average daily net assets attributable to the Class B Shares. Class B Shares enjoy the benefit of permitting all of the investor's dollars to work from the time the investment is made. The higher ongoing distribution and service fees paid by Class B Shares will cause such shares to have a higher expense ratio and to pay lower dividends, to the extent any dividends are paid, than those related to Class A Shares. Class B Shares will automatically convert to Class A Shares eight years after the end of the calendar month in which the shareholder's order to purchase was accepted. The purpose of the conversion feature is to relieve the holders of the Class B Shares that have been outstanding for a period of time sufficient for the Distributor to have been compensated for distribution expenses related to the Class B Shares from most of the burden of such distribution related expenses.

Class B Shares include all shares purchased pursuant to the deferred sales charge alternative which have been outstanding for less than the period ending eight years after the end of the month in which the shares were issued. At the end of this period, Class B Shares will automatically convert to Class A Shares and will no longer be subject to the higher distribution and service fees. Such conversion will be on the basis of the relative net asset value of the two classes without the imposition of any sales load, fee or other charge.

For purposes of conversion to Class A Shares, shares purchased through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions paid in respect of Class B Shares in a shareholder's account will be considered to be held in a separate subaccount. Each time any Class B Shares in the shareholder's Trust account (other than those in the subaccount) convert to Class A Shares, a pro rata portion of the Class B Shares in the subaccount will also convert to Class A Shares.

CLASS C SHARES

Class C Shares are purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a deferred sales charge if redeemed within one year of purchase. The deferred sales charge may be waived in connection with certain qualifying redemptions. Shares issued in conjunction with the automatic reinvestment of income distributions and capital gain distributions are not subject to any sales charges. Class C Shares are subject to ongoing distribution and service fees of up to 1.00% of the Funds' aggregate average daily net assets attributable to Class C Shares.

CLASS X SHARES (BOND FUND AND EARNINGS DRIVEN GROWTH FUND ONLY)

Class X Shares are offered without any sales charges to institutional investors, such as pension and profit sharing plans, other employee benefit trusts, investment advisers, endowments, foundations and corporations, and others who purchase the minimum amounts.

CLASS A SHARES--REDUCED INITIAL SALES CHARGES

Investors choosing Class A Shares may be entitled to reduced sales charges. The ways in which sales charges may be avoided or reduced are described below. Investors buying Class A Shares on which a finder's fee has been paid may incur a 1% deferred sales charge if they redeem their shares within one year of purchase. The one-year period begins on the last day of the month preceding

24

the month in which the purchase was made. Such deferred sales charge may be waived under certain conditions as determined by the Distributor.

QUALIFIED PURCHASERS. If you fall within any one of the following categories, you will not have to pay a sales charge on your purchase of Class A Shares: (1) trustee, director or officer of the Phoenix Funds or any other mutual fund advised, subadvised or distributed by the Adviser, Distributor or any of their corporate affiliates; (2) any director or officer, or any full-time employee or sales representative (for at least 90 days), of the Adviser, Subadviser (if any) or Distributor; (3) any private client of an Adviser or Subadviser to any Phoenix Fund; (4) registered representatives and employees of securities dealers with whom Distributor has sales agreements; (5) any qualified retirement plan exclusively for persons described above; (6) any officer, director or employee of a corporate affiliate of the Adviser or Distributor; (7) any spouse, child, parent, grandparent, brother or sister of any person named in (1), (2), (4) or
(6) above; (8) employee benefit plans for employees of the Adviser, Distributor and/or their corporate affiliates; (9) any employee or agent who retires from PNX, the Distributor and/or their corporate affiliates; (10) any account held in the name of a qualified employee benefit plan, endowment fund or foundation if, on the date of the initial investment, the plan, fund or foundation has assets of $10,000,000 or more or at least 100 eligible employees; (11) any person with a direct rollover transfer of shares from an established Phoenix Fund or qualified plan; (12) any Phoenix Life Insurance Company (or affiliate) separate account which funds group annuity contracts offered to qualified employee benefit plans; (13) any state, county, city, department, authority or similar agency prohibited by law from paying a sales charge; (14) any unallocated account held by a third party administrator, registered investment adviser, trust company, or bank trust department which exercises discretionary authority and holds the account in a fiduciary, agency, custodial or similar capacity, if in the aggregate of such accounts held by such entity equal or exceed $1,000,000; (15) any deferred compensation plan established for the benefit of any Phoenix Fund trustee or director; provided that sales to persons listed in
(1) through (15) above are made upon the written assurance of the purchaser that the purchase is made for investment purposes and that the shares so acquired will not be resold except to the Fund; (16) purchasers of Class A Shares bought through investment advisers and financial planners who charge an advisory, consulting or other fee for their services and buy shares for their own accounts or the accounts of their clients; (17) retirement plans and deferred compensation plans and trusts used to fund those plans (including, for example, plans qualified or created under sections 401(a), 403(b) or 457 of the Internal Revenue Code), and "rabbi trusts" that buy shares for their own accounts, in each case if those purchases are made through a broker or agent or other financial intermediary that has made special arrangements with the Distributor for such purchases; (18) 401(k) participants in the Merrill Lynch Daily K Plan (the "Plan") if the Plan has at least $3 million in assets or 500 or more eligible employees; or (19) clients of investment advisors or financial planners who buy shares for their own accounts but only if their accounts are linked to a master account of their investment advisor or financial planner on the books and records of the broker, agent or financial intermediary with which the Distributor has made such special arrangements. Each of the investors described in (16) through (19) may be charged a fee by the broker, agent or financial intermediary for purchasing shares.

COMBINATION PURCHASE PRIVILEGE. Your purchase of any class of shares of these Funds or any other Phoenix Fund, (other than Phoenix Money Market Fund), if made at the same time by the same "person," will be added together with any existing Phoenix Fund account values to determine whether the combined sum entitles you to an immediate reduction in sales charges. A "person" is defined in this and the following sections as (a) any individual, their spouse and minor children purchasing shares for his or their own account (including an IRA account) including his or their own trust; (b) a trustee or other fiduciary purchasing for a single trust, estate or single fiduciary account (even though more than one beneficiary may exist); (c) multiple employer trusts or Section 403(b) plans for the same employer; (d) multiple accounts (up to 200) under a qualified employee benefit plan or administered by a third party administrator; or (e) trust companies, bank trust departments, registered investment advisers, and similar entities placing orders or providing administrative services with respect to accounts over which they exercise discretionary investment authority and which are held in a fiduciary, agency, custodial or similar capacity, provided all shares are held of record in the name, or nominee name, of the entity placing the order.

LETTER OF INTENT. If you sign a Letter of Intent, your purchase of any class of shares of these Funds or any other Phoenix Fund (other than Phoenix Money Market Fund), if made by the same person within a thirteen month period, will be added together to determine whether you are entitled to an immediate reduction in sales charges. Sales charges are reduced based on the overall amount you indicate that you will buy under the Letter of Intent. The Letter of Intent is a mutually non-binding arrangement between you and the Distributor. Since the Distributor doesn't know whether you will ultimately fulfill the Letter of Intent, shares worth 5% of the amount of each purchase will be set aside until you fulfill the Letter of Intent. When you buy enough shares to fulfill the Letter of Intent, these shares will no longer be restricted. If, on the other hand, you do not satisfy the Letter of Intent, or otherwise wish to sell any restricted shares, you will be given the choice of either buying enough shares to fulfill the Letter of Intent or paying the difference between any sales charge you previously paid and the otherwise applicable sales charge based on the intended aggregate purchases described in the Letter of Intent. You will be given 20 days to make this decision. If you do not exercise either election, the Distributor will automatically redeem the number of your restricted shares needed to make up the deficiency in sales charges received. The Distributor will redeem restricted Class A Shares before Class C Shares or Class B Shares, respectively. Oldest shares will be redeemed before selling newer shares. Any remaining shares will then be deposited to your account.

25

RIGHT OF ACCUMULATION. The value of your account(s) in any class of shares of these Funds or any other Phoenix Fund (other than Phoenix Money Market Fund), may be added together at the time of each purchase to determine whether the combined sum entitles you to a prospective reduction in sales charges. You must provide certain account information to the Distributor at the time of purchase to exercise this right.

ASSOCIATIONS. Certain groups or associations may be treated as a "person" and qualify for reduced Class A Share sales charges. The group or association must:
(1) have been in existence for at least six months; (2) have a legitimate purpose other than to purchase mutual fund shares at a reduced sales charge; (3) work through an investment dealer; or (4) not be a group whose sole reason for existing is to consist of members who are credit card holders of a particular company, policyholders of an insurance company, customers of a bank or a broker-dealer or clients of an investment adviser.

CLASS B SHARES AND CLASS C SHARES--WAIVER OF SALES CHARGES

The CDSC is waived on the redemption (sale) of Class B Shares and Class C Shares if the redemption is made (a) within one year of death (i) of the sole shareholder on an individual account, (ii) of a joint tenant where the surviving joint tenant is the deceased's spouse, or (iii) of the beneficiary of a Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (UGMA), Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (UTMA) or other custodial account; (b) within one year of disability, as defined in Code Section
72(m)(7); (c) as a mandatory distribution upon reaching age 701/2 under any retirement plan qualified under Code Sections 401, 408 or 403(b) or resulting from the tax-free return of an excess contribution to an IRA; (d) by 401(k) plans using an approved participant tracking system for participant hardships, death, disability or normal retirement, and loans which are subsequently repaid;
(e) from the Merrill Lynch Daily K Plan ("Plan") invested in Class B Shares, on which such shares the Distributor has not paid the dealer the Class B sales commission; (f) based on the exercise of exchange privileges among Class B Shares and Class C Shares of the Phoenix Funds; (g) based on any direct rollover transfer of shares from an established Phoenix Fund qualified plan into a Phoenix Fund IRA by participants terminating from the qualified plan; and (h) based on the systematic withdrawal program. If, as described in condition (a) above, an account is transferred to an account registered in the name of a deceased's estate, the CDSC will be waived on any redemption from the estate account occurring within one year of the death. If the Class B Shares are not redeemed within one year of the death, they will remain subject to the applicable CDSC.

CONVERSION FEATURE--CLASS B SHARES

Class B Shares will automatically convert to Class A Shares of the same Fund eight years after they are purchased. Conversion will be on the basis of the then prevailing net asset value of Class A Shares and Class B Shares. There is no sales load, fee or other charge for this feature. Class B Shares acquired through dividend or distribution reinvestments will be converted into Class A Shares at the same time that other Class B Shares are converted based on the proportion that the reinvested shares bear to purchased Class B Shares. The conversion feature is subject to the continuing availability of an opinion of counsel or a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") that the assessment of the higher distribution and service fees and associated costs with respect to Class B Shares does not result in any dividends or distributions constituting "preferential dividends" under the Code, and that the conversion of shares does not constitute a taxable event under federal income tax law. If the conversion feature is suspended, Class B Shares would continue to be subject to the higher distribution and service fees for an indefinite period. Even if the Funds were unable to obtain such assurances, it might continue to make distributions if doing so would assist in complying with its general practice of distributing sufficient income to reduce or eliminate federal taxes otherwise payable by the Funds.

INVESTOR ACCOUNT SERVICES

The Funds offer accumulation plans, withdrawal plans and reinvestment and exchange privileges. Certain privileges may not be available in connection with all classes. In most cases, changes to account services may be accomplished over the phone. Inquiries regarding policies and procedures relating to shareholder account services should be directed to Mutual Fund Services at (800) 243-1574. Broker-dealers may impose their own restrictions and limits on accounts held through the broker-dealer. Please consult with your broker-dealer for account restrictions and limit information. The Funds and the Distributor reserve the right to modify or terminate these services upon reasonable notice.

EXCHANGES

Under certain circumstances, shares of any Phoenix Fund may be exchanged for shares of the same class of another Phoenix Fund on the basis of the relative net asset values per share at the time of the exchange. Class C Shares are also exchangeable for Class T Shares of those Phoenix Funds offering them. Exchanges are subject to the minimum initial investment requirement of the designated Fund, except if made in connection with the Systematic Exchange privilege described below. Shareholders may exchange shares held in book-entry form for an equivalent number (value) of the same class of shares of any other Phoenix Fund, if currently offered. Exchanges will be based upon each Fund's net asset value per share next computed following receipt of a properly executed exchange request without sales charge. On exchanges with share classes that carry a contingent deferred sales charge, the CDSC schedule of the original shares purchased continues to apply. The exchange of shares is treated as a sale and purchase for federal income tax purposes. (See "Dividends, Distributions and Taxes" section of this SAI.) Exchange privileges may not be available for all Phoenix Funds and may be rejected or suspended.

26

SYSTEMATIC EXCHANGES. If the conditions above have been met, you or your broker may, by telephone or written notice, elect to have shares exchanged for the same class of shares of another Phoenix Fund automatically on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis or may cancel this privilege at any time. If you maintain an account balance of at least $5,000, or $2,000 for tax qualified retirement benefit plans (calculated on the basis of the net asset value of the shares held in a single account), you may direct that shares be automatically exchanged at predetermined intervals for shares of the same class of another Phoenix Fund. This requirement does not apply to Phoenix "Self Security" program participants. Systematic exchanges will be executed upon the close of business on the 10th day of each month or the next succeeding business day. Systematic exchange forms are available from the Distributor.

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT ACROSS ACCOUNTS

If you maintain an account balance of at least $5,000, or $2,000 for tax qualified retirement benefit plans (calculated on the basis of the net asset value of the shares held in a single account), you may direct that any dividends and distributions paid with respect to shares in that account be automatically reinvested in a single account of one of the other Phoenix Funds at net asset value. You should obtain a current prospectus and consider the objectives and policies of each Phoenix Fund carefully before directing dividends and distributions to another Phoenix Fund. Reinvestment election forms and prospectuses are available from PEPCO. Distributions may also be mailed to a second payee and/or address. Requests for directing distributions to an alternate payee must be made in writing with a signature guarantee of the registered owner(s). To be effective with respect to a particular dividend or distribution, notification of the new distribution option must be received by the Transfer Agent at least three days prior to the record date of such dividend or distribution. If all shares in your account are repurchased or redeemed or transferred between the record date and the payment date of a dividend or distribution, you will receive cash for the dividend or distribution regardless of the distribution option selected.

INVEST-BY-PHONE

This expedited investment service allows a shareholder to make an investment in an account by requesting a transfer of funds from the balance of their bank account. Once a request is phoned in, PEPCO will initiate the transaction by wiring a request for monies to the shareholder's commercial bank, savings bank or credit union via Automated Clearing House ("ACH"). The shareholder's bank, which must be an ACH member, will in turn forward the monies to PEPCO for credit to the shareholder's account. ACH is a computer based clearing and settlement operation established for the exchange of electronic transactions among participating depository institutions.

To establish this service, please complete an Invest-by-Phone Application and attach a voided check if applicable. Upon PEPCO's acceptance of the authorization form (usually within two weeks) shareholders may call toll free
(800) 367-5877 prior to 3:00 p.m. (New York time) to place their purchase request. Instructions as to the account number and amount to be invested must be communicated to PEPCO. PEPCO will then contact the shareholder's bank via ACH with appropriate instructions. The purchase is normally credited to the shareholder's account the day following receipt of the verbal instructions. The Fund may delay the mailing of a check for redemption proceeds of Fund shares purchased with a check or via Invest-by-Phone service until the Fund has assured itself that good payment has been collected for the purchase of the shares, which may take up to 15 days. The Trust and PEPCO reserve the right to modify or terminate the Invest-by-Phone service for any reason or to institute charges for maintaining an Invest-by-Phone account.

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM

The Systematic Withdrawal Program (the "Program") allows you to periodically redeem a portion of your account on a predetermined monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis. A sufficient number of full and fractional shares will be redeemed so that the designated payment is made on or about the 20th day of the month. Shares are tendered for redemption by the Transfer Agent, as agent for the shareowner, on or about the 15th of the month at the closing net asset value on the date of redemption. The Program also provides for redemptions to be tendered on or about the 10th, 15th or 25th of the month with proceeds to be directed through ACH to your bank account. In addition to the limitations stated below, withdrawals may not be less than $25 and minimum account balance requirements shall continue to apply.

Shareholders participating in the Program must own shares of a Fund worth $5,000 or more, as determined by the then current net asset value per share, and elect to have all dividends reinvested. The purchase of shares while participating in the Program will ordinarily be disadvantageous to the Class A Shares investor since a sales charge will be paid by the investor on the purchase of Class A Shares at the same time as other shares are being redeemed. For this reason, investors in Class A Shares may not participate in an automatic investment program while participating in the Program.

Through the Program, Class B and Class C shareholders may withdraw up to 1% of their aggregate net investments (purchases, at initial value, to date net of non-Program redemptions) each month or up to 3% of their aggregate net investments each quarter without incurring otherwise applicable contingent deferred sales charges. Class B and Class C shareholders redeeming more shares than the percentage permitted by the Program will be subject to any applicable contingent deferred sales charge on all shares redeemed. Accordingly, the purchase of Class B Shares or Class C Shares will generally not be suitable for an investor who anticipates withdrawing sums in excess of the above limits shortly after purchase.

27

HOW TO REDEEM SHARES

Under the 1940 Act, payment for shares redeemed must ordinarily be made within seven days after tender. The right to redeem shares may be suspended and payment therefor postponed during periods when the NYSE is closed, other than customary weekend and holiday closings, or if permitted by rules of the SEC, during periods when trading on the NYSE is restricted or during any emergency which makes it impracticable for a Fund to dispose of its securities or to determine fairly the value of its net assets or during any other period permitted by order of the SEC for the protection of investors. Furthermore, the Transfer Agent will not mail redemption proceeds until checks received for shares purchased have cleared, which may take up to 15 days or more.

The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders. Such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the Trust's behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker's authorized designee, accepts the order. Customer orders will be priced at the Funds' net asset values next computed after they are received by an authorized broker or the broker's authorized designee.

Redemptions by Class B and Class C shareholders will be subject to the applicable deferred sales charge, if any.

A shareholder should contact his/her broker-dealer if he/she wishes to transfer shares from an existing broker-dealer street name account to a street name account with another broker-dealer. The Funds have no specific procedures governing such account transfers.

REDEMPTION OF SMALL ACCOUNTS

Each shareholder account in the Funds which has been in existence for at least one year and which has a value of less than $200, due to redemption activity, may be redeemed upon the giving of not less than 60 days written notice to the shareholder mailed to the address of record. During the 60-day period following such notice, the shareholder has the right to add to the account to bring its value to $200 or more. (See the Funds' current Prospectus for more information.)

BY MAIL

Shareholders may redeem shares by making written request, executed in the full name of the account, directly to Phoenix Funds c/o State Street Bank and Trust Company, P.O. Box 8301, Boston, MA 02266-8301. However, when certificates for shares are in the possession of the shareholder, they must be mailed or presented, duly endorsed in the full name of the account, with a written request to PEPCO that the Fund redeem the shares. (See the Funds' current Prospectus for more information.)

TELEPHONE REDEMPTIONS

Shareholders may redeem by telephone up to $50,000 worth of their shares held in book-entry form. (See the Funds' current Prospectus for additional information.)

BY CHECK (PHOENIX BOND FUND ONLY)

Any shareholder of this Fund may elect to redeem shares held in his account by check. Checks will be sent to an investor upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of a completed application and signature card (attached to the application). If the signature card accompanies an individual's initial account application, the signature guarantee section of the form may be disregarded. However, the Trust reserves the right to require that all signatures be guaranteed prior to the establishment of a check writing service account. When an authorization form is submitted after receipt of the initial account application, all signatures must be guaranteed regardless of account value.

Checks may be drawn payable to any person in an amount of not less than $500, provided that immediately after the payment of the redemption proceeds the balance in the shareholder's account is $500 or more.

When a check is presented to the Transfer Agent for payment, a sufficient number of full and fractional shares in the shareholder's account will be redeemed to cover the amount of the check. The number of shares to be redeemed will be determined on the date the check is received by the Transfer Agent. Presently there is no charge to the shareholder for the check writing service, but this may be changed or modified in the future upon two weeks written notice to shareholders. Checks drawn from Class B and Class C accounts are subject to the applicable deferred sales charge, if any.

The checkwriting procedure for redemption enables a shareholder to receive income accruing on the shares to be redeemed until such time as the check is presented to the Transfer Agent for payment. Inasmuch as canceled checks are returned to shareholders monthly, no confirmation statement is issued at the time of redemption.

Shareholders utilizing withdrawal checks will be subject to the Transfer Agent's rules governing checking accounts. A shareholder should make sure that there are sufficient shares in his account to cover the amount of any check drawn. If insufficient shares are in the account and the check is presented to the Transfer Agent on a banking day on which the Trust does not redeem shares (for example, a day on which the NYSE is closed), or if the check is presented against redemption proceeds of an investment made by check which has not been in the account for at least fifteen calendar days, the check may be returned marked "Non-

28

sufficient Funds" and no shares will be redeemed. A shareholder may not close his account by a withdrawal check because the exact value of the account will not be known until after the check is received by the Transfer Agent.

REDEMPTION IN KIND

To the extent consistent with state and federal law, the Funds may make payment of the redemption price either in cash or in kind. However, the Funds have elected to pay in cash all requests for redemption by any shareholder of record, limited in respect to each shareholder during any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund at the beginning of such period. This election has been made pursuant to Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act and is irrevocable while the Rule is in effect unless the SEC, by order, permits the withdrawal thereof. In case of a redemption in kind, securities delivered in payment for shares would be readily marketable and valued at the same value assigned to them in computing the net asset value per share of the Fund. A shareholder receiving such securities would incur brokerage costs when selling the securities.

ACCOUNT REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE

Shareholders who may have overlooked features of their investment at the time they redeemed have a privilege of reinvestment of their investment at net asset value. ( See the Funds' current prospectus for more information.)

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

QUALIFICATION AS A REGULATED INVESTMENT COMPANY ("RIC")

Each Fund within the Trust is separate for investment and accounting purposes and is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes. Each Fund has elected to qualify and intends to qualify as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). In each taxable year that a Fund qualifies as a RIC, it (but not its shareholders) will be relieved of federal income tax on that portion of its taxable and, if any, tax-exempt net investment income and net capital gains that are currently distributed (or deemed distributed) to its shareholders. To the extent that a Fund fails to distribute all of its taxable income, it will be subject to corporate income tax (currently 35%) on any retained ordinary investment income or short-term capital gains, and corporate income tax (currently 35%) on any undistributed long-term capital gains.

Each Fund intends to make timely distributions, if necessary, sufficient in amount to avoid the non-deductible 4% excise tax that is imposed on a RIC to the extent that it fails to distribute, with respect to each calendar year, at least 98% of its ordinary income (not including tax-exempt interest) for such calendar year and 98% of its net capital gains as determined for a one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year (or as determined on a fiscal year basis, if the Fund so elects). In addition, an amount equal to any undistributed investment company taxable income or capital gain net income from the previous calendar year must also be distributed to avoid the excise tax. The excise tax is imposed on the amount by which the RIC does not meet the foregoing distribution requirements. If each Fund has taxable income that would be subject to the excise tax, each Fund intends to distribute such income so as to avoid payment of the excise tax. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there may be certain circumstances under which it would be appropriate for the Fund to pay the excise tax.

The Code sets forth numerous criteria that must be satisfied in order for each Fund to qualify as a RIC. Among these requirements, each Fund must meet the following tests for each taxable year: (a) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest and gains from the sale or other disposition of securities; and (b) meet certain diversification requirements imposed under the Code at the end of each quarter of the taxable year. If in any taxable year a Fund does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income will be taxed at corporate rates. In addition, if in any tax year a Fund does not qualify as a RIC for state tax purposes, a capital gain dividend may not retain its character in the hands of the shareholder for state tax purposes.

In addition to meeting the 90% test, in order to qualify as a RIC each Fund will be required to distribute annually to its shareholders as dividends (not including "capital gains dividends," discussed below) at least 90% of its ordinary investment income and short-term capital gains, with certain modifications. Each Fund intends to make distributions to shareholders that will be sufficient to meet the 90% distribution requirement.

Each Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the value of its total assets consists of cash, cash items, U.S. Government securities, and other securities limited generally with respect to any one issuer to not more than 5% of the total assets of that Fund and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities of any issuer (other than U.S. Government securities). Each Fund intends to comply with all of the foregoing criteria for qualification as a RIC; however, there can be no assurance that each Fund will so qualify and continue to maintain its status as a RIC. If a Fund were unable for any reason to maintain its status as a RIC for any taxable year, adverse tax consequences would ensue.

TAXATION OF SHAREHOLDERS

Under the Jobs and Growth Tax Reconciliation Act of 2003, certain qualified dividend income ("QDI") and long-term capital gains will be taxed at a lower tax rate (15%) for individual shareholders. The reduced rate applies to QDI from domestic corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations subject to various requirements and a minimum holding period by both a

29

Fund and its Shareholders. Ordinary distributions made by a Fund to its shareholders are eligible for the reduced rate to the extent the underlying income in the Fund is QDI.

Distributions from ordinary investment income and net short-term capital gains will be taxed to the shareholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of the earnings and profits of the Fund. Ordinary income dividends received by corporate shareholders will qualify for the 70% dividends-received deduction to the extent the Fund designates such amounts as qualifying dividend distributions; however, the portion that may be so designated is subject to certain limitations. Distributions by the Fund that are designated as capital gain distributions will be taxed to the shareholders as capital gains, and will not be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

Dividends declared by a Fund to shareholders of record in October, November or December will be taxable to such shareholders in the year that the dividend is declared, even if it is not paid until the following year (so long as it is actually paid by the Fund prior to February 1). Also, shareholders will be taxable on the amount of long-term capital gains designated by each Fund by written notice mailed to shareholders within 60 days after the close of the year, even if such amounts are not actually distributed to them. Shareholders will be entitled to claim a credit against their own federal income tax liability for taxes paid by each Fund on such undistributed gains, if any. If a shareholder receives a long-term capital dividend with respect to any share and such share is held for less than 6 months, any loss on sale or exchange of such share will be long-term capital loss to the extent of long-term capital dividend payments.

Dividends and capital gain distributions will be taxable to shareholders as described above whether received in cash or in shares under a Fund's distribution reinvestment plan. With respect to distributions received in cash or reinvested in shares purchased on the open market, the amount of the distribution for tax purposes will be the amount of cash distributed or allocated to the shareholder.

Shareholders should be aware that the price of shares of a Fund that are purchased prior to a dividend or distribution by the Fund may reflect the amount of the forthcoming dividend or distribution. Such dividend or distribution, when made, would be taxable to shareholders under the principles discussed above even though the dividend or distribution may reduce the net asset value of shares below a shareholder's cost and thus represent a return of a shareholder's investment in an economic sense.

A high portfolio turnover rate may result in the realization of larger amounts of short-term gains, which are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.

Each Fund intends to accrue dividend income for federal income tax purposes in accordance with the rules applicable to regulated investment companies. In some cases, these rules may have the effect of accelerating (in comparison to other recipients of the dividend) the time at which the dividend is taken into account by the Fund as taxable income.

Distributions by the Fund out of dividend income from domestic corporations may qualify in whole or in part for the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders if the distributing Fund does not sell the stock in respect of which it received such dividends before satisfying a 46-day holding period requirement (91 days for certain preferred stock), and the shareholder holds Fund shares for at least 46 days. For this purpose, the distributing Fund holding period in such stock may be reduced for periods during which the Fund reduces its risk of loss from holding the stock (e.g., by entering into option contracts).

Shareholders should consult their own tax advisor about their tax situation.

INCOME AND CAPITAL GAIN DISTRIBUTIONS ARE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH INCOME TAX REGULATIONS WHICH MAY DIFFER FROM ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES GENERALLY ACCEPTED IN THE UNITED STATES.

TAXATION OF DEBT SECURITIES

Certain debt securities can be originally issued or acquired at a discount. Special rules apply under the Code to the recognition of income with respect to such debt securities. Under the special rules, the Fund may recognize income for tax purposes without a corresponding current receipt of cash. In addition, gain on a disposition of a debt security subject to the special rules may be treated wholly or partially as ordinary income, not capital gain.

A Fund may invest in certain investments that may cause it to realize income prior to the receipt of cash distributions, including securities bearing original issue discount. The level of such investments is not expected to affect a Fund's ability to distribute adequate income to qualify as a RIC.

TAXATION OF DERIVATIVES

Many futures contracts and foreign currency contracts entered into by a Fund and all listed nonequity options written or purchased by a Fund (including options on debt securities, options on futures contracts, options on securities indices and options on broad-based stock indices) are governed by Section 1256 of the Code. Absent a tax election to the contrary, gain or loss attributable to the lapse, exercise or closing out of any such position are treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss, and on the last trading day of a Fund's taxable year, (and, generally on October 31 for purposes of the 4% excise tax), all outstanding Section 1256 positions are marked to market (i.e., treated as if such positions were closed out at their closing price on such day), and any resulting gain or loss is recognized as 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. Under certain

30

circumstances, entry into a futures contract to sell a security may constitute a short sale for federal income tax purposes, causing an adjustment in the holding period of the underlying security or a substantially identical security in a Fund's portfolio.

Equity options written by the Fund (covered call options on portfolio stock) will be subject to the provisions under Section 1234 of the Code. If the Fund writes a call option, no gain is recognized upon its receipt of a premium. If the option lapses or is closed out, any gain or loss is treated as a short-term capital gain or loss. If a call option is exercised, any resulting gain or loss is a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss depending on the holding period of the underlying stock.

Positions of a Fund which consist of at least one stock and at least one stock option or other position with respect to a related security which substantially diminishes the Fund's risk of loss with respect to such stock could be treated as a "straddle" which is governed by Section 1092 of the Code, the operation of which may cause deferral of losses, adjustments in the holding periods of stock or securities and conversion of short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. An exception to these straddle rules exists for any "qualified covered call options" on stock options written by a Fund.

Positions of a Fund which consist of at least one debt security not governed by Section 1256 and at least one futures or currency contract or listed nonequity option governed by Section 1256 which substantially diminishes the Fund's risk of loss with respect to such debt security are treated as a "mixed straddle." Although mixed straddles are subject to the straddle rules of Section 1092 of the Code, certain tax elections exist for them which reduce or eliminate the operation of these rules. Each Fund will monitor these transactions and may make certain tax elections in order to mitigate the operation of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC for federal income tax purposes.

These special tax rules applicable to options, futures and currency transactions could affect the amount, timing and character of a Fund's income or loss and hence of its distributions to shareholders by causing holding period adjustments, converting short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses, and accelerating a Fund's income or deferring its losses.

The tax consequences of certain investments and other activities that the Funds may make or undertake (such as, but not limited to, dollar roll agreements) are not entirely clear. While the Funds will endeavor to treat the tax items arising from these transactions in a manner which it believes to be appropriate, assurance cannot be given that the IRS or a court will agree with the Funds' treatment and that adverse tax consequences will not ensue.

TAXATION OF FOREIGN INVESTMENTS

Under the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates which occur between the time a Fund accrues interest or other receivables or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time it actually collects such receivables or pays such liabilities generally are treated as ordinary gain or loss. Similarly, on disposition of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency and on disposition of certain futures contracts, forward contracts and options, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the security or contract and the date of disposition also are treated as ordinary gain or loss. These gains and losses, referred to under the Code as Section 988 gains or losses, may increase or decrease the amount of each Fund's investment company taxable income to be distributed to its shareholders as ordinary income.

If a Fund invests in stock of certain passive foreign investment companies, the Fund may be subject to U.S. federal income taxation on a portion of any "excess distribution" with respect to, or gain from the disposition of, such stock. The tax would be determined by allocating such distribution or gain ratably to each day of the Fund's holding period for the stock. The distributions or gain so allocated to any taxable year of the Fund, other than the taxable year of the excess distribution or disposition, would be taxed to the Fund at the highest ordinary income rate in effect for such year, and the tax would be further increased by an interest charge to reflect the value of the tax deferral deemed to have resulted from the ownership of the foreign company's stock. Any amount of distribution or gain allocated to the taxable year of the distribution or disposition would be included in the Fund's investment company taxable income and, accordingly, would not be taxable to the Fund to the extent distributed by the Fund as a dividend to its shareholders. The Fund may elect to mark to market (i.e., treat as if sold at their closing market price on same day), its investments in passive foreign investment companies and avoid any tax and or interest charge on excess distributions.

The Funds may be subject to tax on dividend or interest income received from securities of non-U.S issuers withheld by a foreign country at the source. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which entitle the Fund to a reduced rate of tax or exemption from tax on income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of a Fund's assets to be invested within various countries is not known. The Fund intends to operate so as to qualify for treaty tax benefits where applicable. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund's total assets at the close of its taxable year is comprised of securities issued by foreign corporations, the Fund may elect with the IRS to "pass through" to the Fund's shareholders the amount of foreign income taxes paid by the Fund. If the Fund does elect to "pass through", each shareholder will be notified within 60 days after the close of each taxable year of the Fund if the foreign taxes paid by the Fund will "pass through" for that year, and, if so, the amount of each shareholder's pro rata share (by country) or (i) the foreign taxes paid and (ii) the Fund's gross income from foreign sources.

31

SALE OR EXCHANGE OF FUND SHARES

Gain or loss will be recognized by a shareholder upon the sale of shares in a Fund or upon an exchange of shares in a Fund for shares in another Fund. Provided that the shareholder is not a dealer in such shares, such gain or loss will generally be treated as capital gain or loss, measured by the difference between the adjusted basis of the shares and the amount realized therefrom. Under current law, capital gains (whether long-term or short-term) of individuals and corporations are fully includable in taxable income. Capital losses (whether long-term or short-term) may offset capital gains plus (for non-corporate taxpayers only) up to $3,000 per year of ordinary income.

Redemptions, including exchanges, of shares may give rise to recognized gains or losses, except as to those investors subject to tax provisions that do not require them to recognize such gains or losses. All or a portion of a loss realized upon the redemption, including exchanges, of shares may be disallowed under "wash sale" rules to the extent shares are purchased (including shares acquired by means of reinvested dividends) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after such redemption. Any loss realized upon a shareholder's sale, redemption or other disposition of shares with a tax holding period of six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distribution of long-term capital gains with respect to such shares.

Under certain circumstances, the sales charge incurred in acquiring shares of a Fund may not be taken into account in determining the gain or loss on the disposition of those shares. This rule applies where shares of a Fund are disposed of within 90 days after the date on which they were acquired and new shares of a RIC are acquired without a sales charge or at a reduced sales charge. In that case, the gain or loss realized on the disposition will be determined by excluding from the tax basis of the shares disposed of all or a portion of the sales charge incurred in acquiring those shares. This exclusion applies to the extent that the otherwise applicable sales charge with respect to the newly acquired shares is reduced as a result of the shareholder having incurred a sales charge initially. The portion of the sales charge affected by this rule will be treated as a sales charge paid for the new shares.

TAX INFORMATION

Written notices will be sent to shareholders regarding the tax status of all distributions made (or deemed to have been made) during each taxable year, including the amount of QDI for individuals, the amount qualifying for the corporate dividends-received deduction (if applicable) and the amount designated as capital gain dividends, undistributed capital gains (if any), tax credits (if applicable), and cumulative return of capital (if any).

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING TAXPAYER IRS CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to IRS Regulations, the Fund may be required to withhold a percentage of all reportable payments, including any taxable dividends, capital gains distributions or share redemption proceeds, at the rate in effect when such payments are made, for an account which does not have a taxpayer identification number or social security number and certain required certifications. The Funds reserve the right to refuse to open an account for any person failing to provide a taxpayer identification number along with the required certifications. The Funds will furnish shareholders, within 31 days after the end of the calendar year, with information which is required by the IRS for preparing income tax returns.

Some shareholders may be subject to withholding of federal income tax on dividends and redemption payments from the Funds ("backup withholding") at the rate in effect when such payments are made. Corporate shareholders and certain other shareholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. Generally, shareholders subject to backup withholding will be (i) those for whom a certified taxpayer identification number is not on file with the Fund, (ii) those about whom notification has been received (either by the shareholder or the Fund) from the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding or (iii) those who, to the Fund's knowledge, have furnished an incorrect taxpayer identification number. Generally, to avoid backup withholding, an investor must, at the time an account is opened, certify under penalties of perjury that the taxpayer identification number furnished is correct and that he or she is not subject to backup withholding.

FOREIGN SHAREHOLDERS

Dividends paid by the Funds from net investment income and net realized short-term capital gains to a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, a foreign trust or estate, a foreign corporation or a foreign partnership (a "foreign shareholder") will be subject to United States withholding tax at a rate of 30% unless a reduced rate of withholding or a withholding exemption is provided under applicable treaty law. Foreign shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the applicability of the United States withholding tax and any foreign taxes.

OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES

In addition to the federal income tax consequences, described above, applicable to an investment in a Fund, there may be state or local tax considerations and estate tax considerations applicable to the circumstances of a particular investor. The foregoing discussion is based upon the Code, judicial decisions and administrative regulations, rulings and practices, all of which are subject to change and which, if changed, may be applied retroactively to a Fund, its shareholders and/or its assets. No rulings have been sought from the IRS with respect to any of the tax matters discussed above.

32

The information included in the Prospectus with respect to taxes, in conjunction with the foregoing, is a general and abbreviated summary of applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury regulations now in effect as currently interpreted by the courts and the IRS. The Code and these Regulations, as well as the current interpretations thereof, may be changed at any time by legislative, judicial, or administrative action. Accordingly, prospective purchasers are urged to consult their tax advisors with specific reference to their own tax situation, including the potential application of federal, state, local and foreign taxes.

The foregoing discussion of U.S. federal income tax law relates solely to the application of that law to U.S. persons, i.e., U.S. citizens and residents and U.S. corporations, partnerships, trusts and estates. Each shareholder who is not a U.S. person should consider the U.S. and foreign tax consequences of ownership of shares of the Fund, including the possibility that such a shareholder may be subject to a U.S. withholding tax on amounts constituting ordinary income received by him or her, where such amounts are treated as income from U.S. sources under the Code. It does not address the special tax rules applicable to certain classes of investors, such as insurance companies. Each shareholder who is not a U.S. person should consider the U.S. and foreign tax consequences of ownership of shares of a Fund, including the possibility that such a shareholder may be subject to a U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or at a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on amounts constituting ordinary income received by him or her, where such amounts are treated as income from U.S. sources under the Code.

TAX SHELTERED RETIREMENT PLANS

Shares of the Funds are offered in connection with the following qualified prototype retirement plans: IRA, Rollover IRA, SEP-IRA, SIMPLE IRA, Roth IRA,
401(k), Profit-Sharing, Money Purchase Pension Plans and 403(b) Retirement Plans. Write or call PEPCO at (800) 243-4361 for further information about the plans.

MERRILL LYNCH DAILY K PLAN

Class A Shares of a Fund are made available to Merrill Lynch Daily K Plan (the "Plan") participants at NAV without an initial sales charge if:

(i) the Plan is recordkept on a daily valuation basis by Merrill Lynch and, on the date the Plan Sponsor signs the Merrill Lynch Recordkeeping Service Agreement, the Plan has $3 million or more in assets invested in broker-dealer funds not advised or managed by Merrill Lynch Asset Management L.P. ("MLAM") that are made available pursuant to a Service Agreement between Merrill Lynch and the fund's principal underwriter or distributor and in funds advised or managed by MLAM (collectively, the "Applicable Investments");

(ii) the Plan is recordkept on a daily valuation basis by an independent recordkeeper whose services are provided through a contract or alliance arrangement with Merrill Lynch, and, on the date the Plan Sponsor signs the Merrill Lynch Recordkeeping Service Agreement, the Plan has $3 million or more in assets, excluding money market funds, invested in Applicable Investments; or

(iii) the Plan has 500 or more eligible employees, as determined by a Merrill Lynch plan conversion manager, on the date the Plan Sponsor signs the Merrill Lynch Recordkeeping Service Agreement.

Alternatively, Class B Shares of a Fund are made available to Plan participants at NAV without a CDSC if the Plan conforms with the requirements for eligibility set forth in (i) through (iii) above but either does not meet the $3 million asset threshold or does not have 500 or more eligible employees.

Plans recordkept on a daily basis by Merrill Lynch or an independent recordkeeper under a contract with Merrill Lynch that are currently investing in Class B Shares of a Fund convert to Class A Shares once the Plan has reached $5 million invested in Applicable Investments, or after the normal holding period of seven years from the initial date of purchase.

THE DISTRIBUTOR

Pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with the Funds, PEPCO (or "Distributor"), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of PNX, and an affiliate of the Adviser and Subadviser, PIC serves as distributor for the Funds. As such, the Distributor conducts a continuous offering pursuant to a "best efforts" arrangement requiring it to take and pay for only such securities as may be sold to the public. The address of the Distributor is One American Row, P.O. Box 5056, Hartford, Connecticut 06102-5056. Shares of the Funds may be purchased through investment dealers who have sales agreements with the Distributor.

For its services under the Underwriting Agreement, PEPCO receives sales charges on transactions in Trust shares and retains such charges less the portion thereof allowed to its registered representatives and to securities dealers and securities brokers with whom it has sales agreements. In addition, PEPCO may receive payments from the Trust pursuant to the Distribution Plan described below. With respect to the Bond Fund and the Earnings Driven Growth Fund, during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005, purchasers of shares of the Funds paid aggregate sales charges of $255,451, $215,231 and $141,422, respectively, of which the Distributor received net commissions of $158,112, $161,263 and $112,142, respectively, for its services, the balance being paid to dealers. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, the Distributor received net commissions of $5,278 for Class A Shares and deferred sales charges of $105,176 for Class B Shares and $1,688 for Class C Shares.

33

The Underwriting Agreement may be terminated at any time on not more than 60 days written notice, without payment of a penalty, by the Distributor, by vote of a majority of the appropriate Class of outstanding voting securities of the Funds, or by vote of a majority of the Trust's Trustees who are not parties to the Underwriting Agreement or "interested persons" of any party and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Plan or in any related agreements. The Underwriting Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its "assignment," as defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act.

DEALERS CONCESSIONS

Dealers with whom the Distributor has entered into sales agreements receive a discount or commission on purchases of Class A Shares as set forth below.

BOND FUND

                                                                                                       DEALER DISCOUNT
                                               SALES CHARGE                 SALES CHARGE                OR AGENCY FEE
        AMOUNT OF TRANSACTION                  AS PERCENTAGE               AS PERCENTAGE              AS PERCENTAGE OF
          AT OFFERING PRICE                  OF OFFERING PRICE           OF AMOUNT INVESTED            OFFERING PRICE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than $50,000                                  4.75%                       4.99%                        4.25%
$50,000 but under $100,000                         4.50%                       4.71%                        4.00%
$100,000 but under $250,000                        3.50%                       3.63%                        3.00%
$250,000 but under $500,000                        2.75%                       2.83%                        2.25%
$500,000 but under $1,000,000                      2.00%                       2.04%                        1.75%
$1,000,000 or more                                 None                         None                        None

EARNINGS DRIVEN GROWTH FUND AND GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND

                                                                                                       DEALER DISCOUNT
                                               SALES CHARGE                 SALES CHARGE                OR AGENCY FEE
        AMOUNT OF TRANSACTION                  AS PERCENTAGE               AS PERCENTAGE               AS PERCENTAGE OF
          AT OFFERING PRICE                  OF OFFERING PRICE           OF AMOUNT INVESTED            OFFERING PRICE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under $50,000                                      5.75%                       6.10%                        5.00%
$50,000 but under $100,000                         4.75%                       4.99%                        4.25%
$100,000 but under $250,000                        3.75%                       3.90%                        3.25%
$250,000 but under $500,000                        2.75%                       2.83%                        2.25%
$500,000 but under $1,000,000                      2.00%                       2.04%                        1.75%
$1,000,000 or more                                 None                         None                        None

In addition to the dealer discount on purchases of Class A Shares, the Distributor intends to pay investment dealers a sales commission of 4% of the sale price of Class B Shares and a sales commission of 1% of the sale price of Class C Shares sold by such dealers. This sales commission will not be paid to dealers for sales of Class B Shares or Class C Shares purchased by 401(k) participants of the Merrill Lynch Daily K Plan due to a waiver of the CDSC for these Plan participants' purchases. Your broker, dealer or investment adviser may also charge you additional commissions or fees for their services in selling shares to you provided they notify the Distributor of their intention to do so.

Dealers and other entities who enter into special arrangements with the Distributor may receive compensation for the sale and promotion of shares of the Funds and/or for providing other shareholder services. Such fees are in addition to the sales commissions referenced above and may be based upon the amount of sales of fund shares by a dealer; the provision of assistance in marketing of fund shares; access to sales personnel and information dissemination services, provision of recordkeeping and administrative services to qualified employee benefit plans; and other criteria as established by the Distributor. Depending on the nature of the services, these fees may be paid either from the Funds through distribution fees, service fees or transfer agent fees or in some cases, the Distributor may pay certain fees from its own profits and resources. From its own profits and resources, the Distributor does intend to: (a) from time to time pay special incentive and retention fees to qualified wholesalers, registered financial institutions and third party marketers; (b) pay broker-dealers an amount equal to 1% of the first $3 million of Class A Share purchases by an account held in the name of a qualified employee benefit plan with at least 100 eligible employees, 0.50% on the next $3 million, plus 0.25% on the amount in excess of $6 million; and (c) excluding purchases as described in (b) above, pay broker-dealers an amount equal to 1.00% of the amount of Class A Shares sold from $1,000,000 to $3,000,000, 0.50% on amounts of $3,000,001 to $10,000,000 and 0.25% on amounts greater than $10,000,000. For purchases prior to January 11, 2006, if part or all of such investment as described in (b) and
(c) above, including investments by qualified employee benefit plans, is subsequently redeemed within one year of the investment date, the broker-dealer will refund to the Distributor such amounts paid with respect to the investment. Beginning January 11, 2006, if part or all of such investment as described in
(b) and (c) above, including investments by qualified employee benefit plans, is subsequently redeemed within one year, a 1% CDSC may apply, except for redemptions of shares purchased on which a finder's fee has been paid where such investor's dealer of record, due to the nature of the investor's account, notifies the Distributor prior to the time of the investment that the dealer waives the finder's fee otherwise payable to the dealer, or agrees to receive such finder's fee ratably over a 12-month period. For purposes of determining the applicability of the

34

CDSC, the one-year CDSC period begins on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the purchase was made. In addition, the Distributor may pay the entire applicable sales charge on purchases of Class A Shares to selected dealers and agents. Any dealer who receives more than 90% of a sales charge may be deemed to be an "underwriter" under the Securities Act of 1933. PEPCO reserves the right to discontinue or alter such fee payment plans at any time.

From its own resources or pursuant to the Trust's Distribution Plan, and subject to the dealers' prior approval, the Distributor may provide additional compensation to registered representatives of dealers in the form of travel expenses, meals, and lodging associated with training and educational meetings sponsored by the Distributor. The Distributor may also provide gifts amounting in value to less than $100, and occasional meals or entertainment, to registered representatives of dealers. Any such travel expenses, meals, lodging, gifts or entertainment paid will not be preconditioned upon the registered representatives' or dealers' achievement of a sales target. The Distributor may, from time to time, reallow the entire portion of the sales charge on Class A Shares which it normally retains to individual selling dealers. However, such additional reallowance generally will be made only when the selling dealer commits to substantial marketing support such as internal wholesaling through dedicated personnel, internal communications and mass mailings.

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

PEPCO also acts as administrative agent of the Trust and as such performs administrative, bookkeeping and pricing functions for the Funds. For its services, PEPCO will be paid a fee equal to the sum of (1) the documented cost of tax services and related services provided by PFPC Inc. ("PFPC"), as subagent, plus (2) the documented cost to PEPCO to oversee the subagent's performance. The current fee schedule of PFPC is based upon the average of the aggregate daily net asset values of all funds serviced by PFPC, at the following incremental annual rates.

First $5 billion                                          0.06%
$5 billion to $15 billion                                 0.05%
Greater than $15 billion                                  0.03%

Percentage rates are applied to the aggregate daily net asset value of all funds serviced by PFPC. Certain minimum fees and fee waivers may apply. Total fees paid by PEPCO to PFPC are allocated among all funds for which it serves as administrative agent on the basis of the relative net assets of each fund. For administrative services during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005, PEPCO received $269,318, $242,004 and $201,856 respectively.

DISTRIBUTION PLANS

The Trust has adopted a distribution plan for each class of shares (except Class X Shares) (i.e., a plan for the Class A Shares, a plan for the Class B Shares, and a plan for the Class C Shares; collectively, the "Plans") in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, to compensate the Distributor for the services it provides and for the expenses it bears under the Underwriting Agreement. Each class of shares pays a service fee at a rate of 0.25% per annum of the average daily net assets of such class of the Fund and a distribution fee based on average daily net assets at a rate of 0.75% per annum for Class B Shares and at a rate of 0.75% per annum for Class C Shares.

From the Service Fee, the Distributor expects to pay a quarterly fee to qualifying broker-dealer firms, as compensation for providing personal services and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts, with respect to shares sold by such firms. In the case of shares of the Funds being sold to an affiliated fund of funds, fees payable under the Plans shall be paid to the distributor of the fund of funds. This fee will not exceed on an annual basis 0.25% of the average annual net asset value of such shares, and will be in addition to sales charges on Fund shares which are re-allowed to such firms. To the extent that the entire amount of the Service Fee is not paid to such firms, the balance will serve as compensation for personal and account maintenance services furnished by the Distributor. The Distributor also pays to dealers an additional compensation with respect to Class C Shares at the rate of 0.75% of the average annual net asset value of that class.

In order to receive payments under the Plans, participants must meet such qualifications to be established in the sole discretion of the Distributor, such as services to the Funds' shareholders; or services providing the Funds with more efficient methods of offering shares to coherent groups of clients, members or prospects of a participant; or services permitting bulking of purchases or sales, or transmission of such purchases or sales by computerized tape or other electronic equipment; or other processing.

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, the Funds paid Rule 12b-1 Fees in the amount of $619,390, of which the Distributor received $235,540, and unaffiliated broker-dealers received $383,850. The Rule 12b-1 payments were used for (1) compensation to dealers, $339,250; (2) compensation to sales personnel, $292,048; (3) advertising, $57,654; (4) service costs, $28,777; (5) printing and mailing of prospectuses to other than current shareholders, $4,815; and (6) other, $24,375.

On a quarterly basis, the Funds' Trustees review a report on expenditures under the Plans and the purposes for which expenditures were made. The Trustees conduct an additional, more extensive review annually in determining whether the Plans will be continued. By its terms, continuation of the Plans from year to year is contingent on annual approval by a majority of the Funds' Trustees and by a majority of the Trustees who are not "interested persons" (as defined in the 1940 Act) and who have no direct or

35

indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans or any related agreements (the "Plan Trustees"). The Plans provide that they may not be amended to increase materially the costs which the Funds may bear pursuant to the Plans without approval of the shareholders of that Class of the Funds and that other material amendments to the Plans must be approved by a majority of the Plan Trustees by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of considering such amendments. The Plans further provide that while they are in effect, the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not "interested persons" shall be committed to the discretion of the Trustees who are not "interested persons." The Plans may be terminated at any time by vote of the Plan Trustees or a majority of the outstanding shares of the relevant Class of the Funds.

No interested person of the Funds and no Trustee who is not an interested person of the Funds, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, had any direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans.

The Board of Trustees has also adopted a Rule 18f-3 Multi-Class Share Plan permitting the issuance of shares in multiple classes.

The NASD regards certain distribution fees as asset-based sales charges subject to NASD sales load limits. The NASD's maximum sales charge rule may require the Trustees to suspend distribution fees or amend the Plans.

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

The Trust is an open-end management investment company known as a mutual fund. The Trustees of the Trust ("Trustees") are responsible for the overall supervision of the Trust and perform the various duties imposed on Trustees by the 1940 Act and Delaware statutory trust law.

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

The Trustees are responsible for the overall supervision of the Funds, including establishing the Funds' policies, general supervision and review of their investment activities. The officers who administer the Funds' daily operations, are appointed by the Board of Trustees. The current Trustees and officers of the Trust performing a policy-making function and their affiliations and principal occupations for the past five years are set forth below. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each individual is 56 Prospect Street, Hartford, Connecticut 06115-0480. There is no stated term of office for Trustees of the Trust.

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

                                                     NUMBER OF
                                                   PORTFOLIOS IN
                                                   FUND COMPLEX
                                     LENGTH OF        OVERSEEN              PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST 5 YEARS
NAME, ADDRESS AND DATE OF BIRTH     TIME SERVED      BY TRUSTEE               AND OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD BY TRUSTEE
-------------------------------     -----------      ----------               ---------------------------------------

E. Virgil Conway                   Served                70          Chairman, Rittenhouse Advisors, LLC (consulting firm)
Rittenhouse Advisors, LLC          since 2000.                       (2001-present). Trustee/Director, Phoenix Funds Complex
101 Park Avenue                                                      (1983-present). Trustee/Director, Realty Foundation of
New York, NY 10178                                                   New York (1972-present), Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation
DOB: 8/2/29                                                          (Director/Trustee) (1975-2004) (Honorary)
                                                                     (2004-present), Pace University (Director/Trustee)
                                                                     (1978-2003) (Director/Trustee Emeritus) (2003-present),
                                                                     Greater New York Councils, Boy Scouts of America
                                                                     (1985-present), The Academy of Political Science (Vice
                                                                     Chairman) (1985-present), Urstadt Biddle Property Corp.
                                                                     (1989-present), Colgate University (Trustee Emeritus)
                                                                     (2004-present). Director/Trustee, The Harlem Youth
                                                                     Development Foundation, (Chairman) (1998-2002),
                                                                     Metropolitan Transportation Authority (Chairman)
                                                                     (1992-2001), Trism, Inc. (1994-2001), Consolidated
                                                                     Edison Company of New York, Inc. (1970-2002), Atlantic
                                                                     Mutual Insurance Company (1974-2002), Centennial
                                                                     Insurance Company (1974-2002), Union Pacific Corp.
                                                                     (1978-2002), BlackRock Freddie Mac Mortgage Securities
                                                                     Fund (Advisory Director) (1990-2000), Accuhealth
                                                                     (1994-2002), New York Housing Partnership Development
                                                                     Corp. (Chairman) (1981-2003).

36

                                                     NUMBER OF
                                                   PORTFOLIOS IN
                                                   FUND COMPLEX
                                     LENGTH OF        OVERSEEN              PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST 5 YEARS
NAME, ADDRESS AND DATE OF BIRTH     TIME SERVED      BY TRUSTEE               AND OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD BY TRUSTEE
-------------------------------     -----------      ----------               ---------------------------------------

Harry Dalzell-Payne                Served                70          Retired. Trustee/Director, Phoenix Funds Complex
The Flat, Elmore Court             since 1999.                       (1983-present).
Elmore, GL05, GL2 3NT U.K.
DOB: 8/9/29

Francis E. Jeffries                Served since          71          Director, The Empire District Electric Company
8477 Bay Colony Dr. #902           2005.                             (1984-2004). Trustee/Director, Phoenix Funds Complex
Naples, FL 34108                                                     (1987-present).
DOB: 9/23/30

Leroy Keith, Jr.                   Served since          68          Partner, Stonington Partners, Inc. (private equity fund)
Stonington Partners, Inc.          2005.                             (2001-present). Director/Trustee, Evergreen Funds (six
736 Market Street, Ste. 1430                                         portfolios). Trustee, Phoenix Funds Family
Chattanooga, TN 37402                                                (1980-present). Director, Diversapak (2002-present),
DOB: 2/14/39                                                         Obaji Medical Products Company (2002-present). Director,
                                                                     Lincoln Educational Services (2002-2004). Chairman,
                                                                     Carson Products Company (cosmetics) (1998-2000).

Geraldine M. McNamara              Served since          70          Managing Director, U.S. Trust Company of New York
U.S. Trust Company of NY           2001.                             (private bank) (1982-present). Trustee/Director, Phoenix
11 West 54th Street                                                  Funds Complex (2001-present).
New York, NY 10019
DOB: 4/17/51

James M. Oates*                    Served since          68          Chairman, Hudson Castle Group, Inc. (Formerly IBEX
c/o Northeast Partners             2005.                             Capital Markets, Inc.) (financial services)
150 Federal Street, Ste. 1000                                        (1997-present). Trustee, Phoenix Funds Family
Boston, MA 02109                                                     (1987-present). Managing Director, Wydown Group
Trustee                                                              (consulting firm) (1994-present). Director, Investors
DOB: 5/31/46                                                         Financial Service Corporation (1995-present), Investors
                                                                     Bank & Trust Corporation (1995-present), Stifel
                                                                     Financial (1996-present), Connecticut River Bancorp
                                                                     (1998-present), Connecticut River Bank (1999-present),
                                                                     Trust Company of New Hampshire (2002-present). Chairman,
                                                                     Emerson Investment Management, Inc. (2000-present).
                                                                     Director/Trustee, AIB Govett Funds (six portfolios)
                                                                     (1991-2000), Command Systems, Inc. (1998-2000), Phoenix
                                                                     Investment Partners, Ltd. (1995-2001), 1Mind, Inc.
                                                                     (formerly 1Mind.com) (2000-2002), Plymouth Rubber Co.
                                                                     (1995-2003). Director and Treasurer, Endowment for
                                                                     Health, Inc. (2000-2004). Independent Chairman (since
                                                                     2005), Trustee (since 2004), John Hancock Trust. Trustee
                                                                     (since 2005), John Hancock Funds II and John Hancock
                                                                     Funds III.

Richard E. Segerson                Served since          68          Managing Director, Northway Management Company
Northway Management Company        2005.                             (1998-present). Trustee, Phoenix Funds Family
164 Mason Street                                                     (1983-present).
Greenwich, CT 06830
DOB: 2/16/46

37

                                                     NUMBER OF
                                                   PORTFOLIOS IN
                                                   FUND COMPLEX
                                     LENGTH OF        OVERSEEN              PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST 5 YEARS
NAME, ADDRESS AND DATE OF BIRTH     TIME SERVED      BY TRUSTEE               AND OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD BY TRUSTEE
-------------------------------     -----------      ----------               ---------------------------------------

Ferdinand L.J. Verdonck            Served since          68          Director, Banco Urquijo (Chairman) (1998-present).
Nederpolder, 7                     2005.                             Trustee, Phoenix Funds Family (2002-present). Director,
B-9000 Gent, Belgium                                                 EASDAQ (Chairman) (2001-present), The JP Morgan Fleming
DOB: 7/30/42                                                         Continental European Investment Trust (1998-present),
                                                                     Groupe SNEF (1998-present), Degussa Antwerpen N.V.
                                                                     (1998-present), Santens N.V. (1999-present). Managing
                                                                     Director, Almanij N.V. (1992-2003). Director, KBC Bank
                                                                     and Insurance Holding Company (Euronext) (1992-2003),
                                                                     KBC Bank (1992-2003), KBC Insurance (1992-2003),
                                                                     Kredietbank, S.A. Luxembourgeoise (1992-2003), Investco
                                                                     N.V. (1992-2003), Gevaert N.V. (1992-2003), Fidea N.V.
                                                                     (1992-2003), Almafin N.V. (1992-2003), Centea N.V.
                                                                     (1992-2003), Dutch Chamber of Commerce for Belgium and
                                                                     Luxemburg (1995-2001), Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd.
                                                                     (1995-2001).

* Mr. Oates is a Director and Chairman of the Board and a shareholder of Hudson Castle Group, Inc. (formerly IBEX Capital Markets, Inc.) ("Hudson"), a privately owned financial services firm. Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd., an affiliate of the adviser, owns approximately 1% of the common stock of Hudson and Phoenix Life Insurance Company ("Phoenix Life") also an affiliate, owns approximately 8% of Hudson's common stock.

INTERESTED TRUSTEES

Each of the individuals listed below is an "interested person" of the Trust, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

                                                     NUMBER OF
                                                   PORTFOLIOS IN
                                                   FUND COMPLEX
NAME, ADDRESS AND DATE OF BIRTH      LENGTH OF        OVERSEEN              PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST 5 YEARS
AND POSITION(S) WITH TRUST          TIME SERVED      BY TRUSTEE               AND OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD BY TRUSTEE
-------------------------------     -----------      ----------               ---------------------------------------

Daniel T. Geraci*                  Served since          31          Executive Vice President, Asset Management, The Phoenix
DOB: 6/12/57                       2005.                             Companies, Inc. (2003-present). President and Chief
                                                                     Executive Officer, Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd.
                                                                     (2003-present). President, certain funds within the
                                                                     Phoenix Funds Complex (2004-present). President and
                                                                     Chief Executive Officer of North American Investment
                                                                     Operations, Pioneer Investment Management USA, Inc.
                                                                     (2001-2003). President of Private Wealth Management
                                                                     Group (2000-2001), and Executive Vice President of
                                                                     Distribution and Marketing for U.S. institutional
                                                                     services business (1998-2000) Fidelity Investments.

Marilyn E. LaMarche**              Served since          68          Limited Managing Director, Lazard Freres & Co. LLC
Lazard Freres & Co. LLC            2005.                             (1983-present). Trustee, Phoenix Funds Family
30 Rockefeller Plaza,                                                (2002-present). Director, The Phoenix Companies, Inc.
59th Floor                                                           (2001-2005) and Phoenix Life Insurance Company
New York, NY 10020                                                   (1989-2005).
Trustee
DOB: 5/11/34

38

                                                     NUMBER OF
                                                   PORTFOLIOS IN
                                                   FUND COMPLEX
NAME, ADDRESS AND DATE OF BIRTH      LENGTH OF        OVERSEEN              PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST 5 YEARS
AND POSITION(S) WITH TRUST          TIME SERVED      BY TRUSTEE               AND OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD BY TRUSTEE
-------------------------------     -----------      ----------               ---------------------------------------

Philip R. McLoughlin***            Served since          96          Director, PXRE Corporation (Reinsurance) (1985-present),
Chairman                           1999.                             World Trust Fund (1991-present). Trustee/Director,
DOB: 10/23/46                                                        Phoenix Funds Complex (1989-present). Management
                                                                     Consultant (2002-2004), Chairman (1997-2002), Chief
                                                                     Executive Officer (1995-2002) and Director (1995-2002),
                                                                     Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd. Director and Executive
                                                                     Vice President, The Phoenix Companies, Inc. (2000-2002).
                                                                     Director (1994-2002) and Executive Vice President,
                                                                     Investments (1987-2002), Phoenix Life Insurance Company.
                                                                     Director (1983-2002) and Chairman (1995-2002), Phoenix
                                                                     Investment Counsel, Inc. Director (1982-2002), Chairman
                                                                     (2000-2002) and President (1990-2000), Phoenix Equity
                                                                     Planning Corporation. Chairman and Chief Executive
                                                                     Officer, Phoenix/Zweig Advisers LLC (1999-2002).
                                                                     Director (2001-2002) and President (April 2002-September
                                                                     2002), Phoenix Investment Management Company. Director
                                                                     and Executive Vice President, Phoenix Life and Annuity
                                                                     Company (1996-2002). Director (1995-2000) and Executive
                                                                     Vice President (1994-2002) and Chief Investment Counsel
                                                                     (1994-2002), PHL Variable Insurance Company. Director,
                                                                     Phoenix National Trust Holding Company (2001-2002).
                                                                     Director (1985-2002) and Vice President (1986-2002) and
                                                                     Executive Vice President (April 2002-September 2002), PM
                                                                     Holdings, Inc. Director, WS Griffith Associates, Inc.
                                                                     (1995-2002). Director, WS Griffith Securities, Inc.
                                                                     (1992-2002).

* Mr. Geraci is an "interested person" as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, by reason of his position as President and Chief Executive Officer, Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd.

** Ms. LaMarche is an "interested person," as defined in the 1940 Act, by reason of her former position as Director of The Phoenix Companies, Inc. and Phoenix Life Insurance Company.

*** Mr. McLoughlin is an "interested person" as defined in the 1940 Act, by reason of his former relationship with Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd. and its affiliates.

OFFICERS OF THE TRUST WHO ARE NOT TRUSTEES

                                 POSITION(S) HELD WITH
NAME, ADDRESS AND                 TRUST AND LENGTH OF                     PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S)
DATE OF BIRTH                        TIME SERVED                            DURING PAST 5 YEARS
--------------                       -----------                            -------------------

George R. Aylward              Executive Vice         Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Asset Management,
DOB: 8/17/64                   President since 2004.  The Phoenix Companies, Inc. (2004-present). Executive Vice President
                                                      and Chief Operating Officer, Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd.
                                                      (2004-present). Vice President, Phoenix Life Insurance Company
                                                      (2002-2004). Vice President, The Phoenix Companies, Inc. (2001-2004).
                                                      Vice President, Finance, Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd.
                                                      (2001-2002).  Assistant Controller, Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd.
                                                      (1996-2001). Executive Vice President, certain funds within the
                                                      Phoenix Funds Family (2004-present).

Francis G. Waltman             Senior Vice            Senior Vice President, Asset Management, The Phoenix Companies, Inc.
DOB: 7/27/62                   President since 2004.  (February 2006). Senior Vice President, Product Development and
                                                      Management (2005-present), Senior Vice President and Chief
                                                      Administrative Officer (2003-2004), Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd.
                                                      Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer, Phoenix Equity
                                                      Planning Corporation (1999-2003). Senior Vice President, certain funds
                                                      within the Phoenix Funds Family (2004-present).

39

                                 POSITION(S) HELD WITH
NAME, ADDRESS AND                 TRUST AND LENGTH OF                     PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S)
DATE OF BIRTH                        TIME SERVED                            DURING PAST 5 YEARS
--------------                       -----------                            -------------------
Marc Baltuch                   Vice President and     Chief Compliance Officer, Zweig-DiMenna Associates LLC (1989-present).
900 Third Avenue               Chief Compliance       Vice President and Compliance Officer, certain funds in the Phoenix
New York, NY 10022             Officer since 2005.    Funds Complex (2004-present). Vice President, The Zweig Total Return
DOB: 9/23/45                                          Fund, Inc. and The Zweig Fund, Inc. (2004-present). President and
                                                      Director, Watermark Securities, Inc. (1991-present). Assistant
                                                      Secretary, Gotham Advisors Inc. (1990-present). Secretary,
                                                      Phoenix-Zweig Trust (1989-2003) and Secretary, Phoenix-Euclid Market
                                                      Neutral Fund (1999-2002).

Kevin J. Carr                  Vice President,        Vice President and Counsel, Phoenix Life Insurance Company (May
One American Row               Counsel, Chief Legal   2005-present). Vice President, Counsel, Chief Legal Officer and
Hartford, CT 06102             Officer and            Secretary, certain funds within the Phoenix Funds Complex (May
DOB: 8/30/54                   Secretary since        2005-present). Compliance Officer of Investments and Counsel,
                               2005.                  Travelers Life & Annuity (Jan. 2005-May 2005). Assistant General
                                                      Counsel, The Hartford Financial Services Group (1999-2005).

W. Patrick Bradley             Chief Financial        Second Vice President, Fund Control and Tax, Phoenix Equity Planning
DOB: 3/2/72                    Officer and            Corporation (2004-present). Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer or
                               Treasurer since 2005.  Assistant Treasurer of certain funds within the Phoenix Funds Family
                                                      (2004-present). Senior Manager (2002-2004), Manager (2000-2002),
                                                      Audit, Deloitte & Touche, LLP.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

The Board of Trustees has established several standing committees to oversee particular aspects of the Funds' management. They are:

THE AUDIT COMMITTEE. The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the Funds' accounting and auditing policies and practices. The Audit Committee reviews the Funds' financial reporting procedures, their system of internal control, the independent audit process, and the Funds' procedures for monitoring compliance with investment restrictions and applicable laws and regulations and with the Code of Ethics. The Audit Committee is composed entirely of Independent Trustees; its members are E. Virgil Conway, Harry Dalzell-Payne, Francis E. Jeffries, Geraldine M. McNamara, James M. Oates and Richard E. Segerson. The Committee met four times during the Trust's last fiscal year.

THE EXECUTIVE AND COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE. The function of the Executive and Compliance Committee is to serve as a contract review, compliance review and performance review delegate of the full Board of Trustees as well as act to on behalf of the Board when it is not in session, subject to limitations as set by the Board. Its members are E. Virgil Conway, Harry Dalzell-Payne, Leroy Keith, Jr., Philip R. McLoughlin, Geraldine M. McNamara, James M. Oates and Richard E. Segerson. Each of the members is an Independent Trustee, except Mr. McLoughlin, who is an Interested Trustee. The Committee met 11 times during the Trust's last fiscal year.

THE GOVERNANCE AND NOMINATING COMMITTEE. The Governance and Nominating Committee is responsible for developing and maintaining governance principles applicable to the Funds, for nominating individuals to serve as Trustees, including as Independent Trustees, and annually evaluating the Board and Committees. The Governance and Nominating Committee is composed entirely of Independent Trustees; its members are E. Virgil Conway, Harry Dalzell-Payne, Leroy Keith, Jr., Geraldine M. McNamara and Ferdinand L.J. Verdonck. The Committee met four times during the Trust's last fiscal year.

The Committee has adopted a policy for consideration of Trustee nominees recommended by shareholders. With regards to such policy, an individual shareholder submitting a nomination must hold for at least one full year 5% of the shares of a series of the Trust. Shareholder nominees for Trustee will be given the same consideration as any candidate provided the nominee meets certain minimum requirements.

COMPENSATION

Trustees who are not interested persons of the Adviser or any of its affiliates receive an annual retainer and fees and expenses for attendance at Board and Committee meetings. Officers and employees of the Adviser of the Funds who are interested persons are compensated for their services by the Adviser of the Funds, or an affiliate of the Adviser of the Funds, and receive no compensation from the Funds. The Trust does not have any retirement plan for its Trustees.

40

For the Trust's fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, the Trustees received the following compensation:

                                                           AGGREGATE                  TOTAL COMPENSATION FROM TRUST
                                                          COMPENSATION                 AND FUND COMPLEX (96 FUNDS)
    NAME OF TRUSTEE                                        FROM TRUST                       PAID TO TRUSTEES
    ---------------                                        ----------                       ----------------

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
 --------------------
 E. Virgil Conway                                           $12,725                                 $196,500
 Harry Dalzell-Payne                                        $10,527                                 $186,500
 Francis E. Jeffries                                         $3,331*                                $130,500
 Leroy Keith, Jr.                                            $2,962                                  $73,500
 Geraldine M. McNamara                                      $11,341*                                $189,000
 James M. Oates                                              $4,736                                 $122,011
 Richard E. Segerson                                         $3,331*                                 $83,750
 Ferdinand L.J. Verdonck                                     $2,962                                  $53,761

 INTERESTED TRUSTEES
 -------------------
 Daniel T. Geraci                                             None                                      None
 Marilyn E. LaMarche                                         $2,658                                  $69,761
 Philip R. McLoughlin                                        $11,681                                $214,317


* This compensation or a portion thereof, (and the earnings thereon) was deferred pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan. At March 31, 2006, the total amount of deferred compensation (including interest and other accumulation earned on the original amounts deferred) accrued for those Trustees who are participating or have participated in the Deferred Compensation Plan are as follows: Mr. Jeffries, $567,851.80, Ms. McNamara, $275,202.69 and Mr. Segerson, $116,474.82. At present, by agreement among the Trust, Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd. ("PXP") and the electing Trustee, Trustee fees that are deferred are paid by the Trust to PXP. The liability for the deferred compensation obligation appears only as a liability of PXP, and not of the Trust.

TRUSTEE OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

Set forth in the table below is the dollar range of equity securities owned by each Trustee as of December 31, 2005:

                                                                      DOLLAR RANGE OF        TOTAL COMPENSATION
                                                DOLLAR RANGE OF    EQUITY SECURITIES IN     FROM TRUST AND FUND
                                               EQUITY SECURITIES    THE EARNINGS DRIVEN      COMPLEX (96 FUNDS)
    NAME OF TRUSTEE                            IN THE BOND FUND         GROWTH FUND           PAID TO TRUSTEES
    ---------------                            ----------------         -----------           ----------------

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
--------------------
E. Virgil Conway                                     None                  None                Over $100,000
Harry Dalzell-Payne                                  None                  None                     None
Francis E. Jeffries                                  None                  None                Over $100,000
Leroy Keith, Jr.                                     None                  None                 $1 - $10,000
Geraldine M. McNamara                                None                  None                Over $100,000
James M. Oates                                       None                  None                Over $100,000
Richard E. Segerson                                  None                  None                Over $100,000
Ferdinand L.J. Verdonck                              None                  None                     None

INTERESTED TRUSTEES
-------------------
Daniel T. Geraci                                     None                  None              $10,001 - $50,000
Marilyn E. LaMarche                                  None                  None                     None
Philip R. McLoughlin                                 None            $10,001 - $50,000         Over $100,000

As of December 31, 2005, the Trustees and officers owned no shares of the Growth Opportunities Fund because it had not commenced operations until the date of this SAI. At April 25, 2006, the Trustees and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the then outstanding shares of any of the Funds.

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information as of April 25, 2006 with respect to each person who owns of record or is known by the Trust to own of record or beneficially 5% or more of any class of the Trust's outstanding equity securities:

NAME OF SHAREHOLDER                     NAME OF FUND AND CLASS                         NUMBER OF SHARES   PERCENT OF CLASS
-------------------                     ----------------------                         ----------------   ----------------
Ameriprise Trust Company                Earnings Driven Growth Fund Class X               366,855.297          58.29%
FBO Ameriprise Trust
Retirement Services Plans
996 AXP Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474-0009

41

NAME OF SHAREHOLDER                     NAME OF FUND AND CLASS                         NUMBER OF SHARES   PERCENT OF CLASS
-------------------                     ----------------------                         ----------------   ----------------

Bear Stearns Securities Corp.           Bond Fund Class X                                 119,350.230           5.24%
FBO XXX-XXX07-16
1 Metrotech Center North
Brooklyn, NY  11201-3870

Bear Stearns Securities Corp.           Bond Fund Class X                                 202,049.019           8.86%
FBO XXX-XXX48-16
1 Metrotech Center North
Brooklyn, NY 11201-3870

Bear Stearns Securities Corp.           Bond Fund Class C                                  17,518.152          10.26%
FBO XXX-XXX39-19
1 Metrotech Center North
Brooklyn, NY 11201-3870

MLPF&S for the Sole Benefit             Bond Fund Class B                                 209,520.607          34.92%
of its Customers                        Bond Fund Class C                                  15,985.732          9.36%
Attn: Fund Administration               Earning Driven Growth Fund Class A                185,997.116          19.09%
4800 Deer Lake Dr. E., 3rd Flr.         Earning Driven Growth Fund Class B                263,102.606          35.61%
Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484             Earning Driven Growth Fund Class C                270,420.706          49.14%

Pershing LLC                            Bond Fund Class C                                   9,987.414           5.85%
PO Box 2052
Jersey City, NJ 07303-2052

Phoenix Wealth Builder PHOLIO           Bond Fund Class A                                 986,251.113          35.09%
Attn: Chris Wilkos
Shareholders Services Dept.
C/O Phoenix Equity Planning
101 Munson Street
Greenfield, MA 01301-9684

Phoenix Wealth Guardian PHOLIO          Bond Fund Class A                                 907,308.311          32.28%
Attn: Chris Wilkos
Shareholders Services Dept.
C/O Phoenix Equity Planning
101 Munson Street
Greenfield, MA 01301-9684

Prudential Investment Management        Earning Driven Growth Fund Class A                106,106.009          10.89%
Services
FBO Mutual Fund Clients
Attn: Pruchoice Unit
Mail Stop NJ 05-11-20
100 Mulberry St.
3 Gateway Center Fl. 11
Newark, NJ 07102-4000

SEI Private Trust Co.                   Bond Fund Class X                                 210,261.126          9.22%
c/o Suntrust
Attn: Mutual Funds Administrator
One Freedom Valley Drive
Oaks, PA 19456

State Street Bank & Trust Co.           Bond Fund Class C                                   9,199.010          5.39%
Cust. For the IRA Rollover of
Roland C. Emmanuele
4 Hinchcliffe Drive
Newburgh, NY  12550-8810

42

NAME OF SHAREHOLDER                     NAME OF FUND AND CLASS                         NUMBER OF SHARES   PERCENT OF CLASS
-------------------                     ----------------------                         ----------------   ----------------

Union Bank Tr. Nominee                  Bond Fund Class X                                 131,029.838          5.75%
St. Anthony Foundation MPPP
FBO XXX38-01
P.O. Box 85484
San Diego, CA  92186-5484

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

CAPITAL STOCK AND ORGANIZATION

As a Delaware statutory trust, the Trust's operations are governed by its Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated March 1, 2001. A copy of the Trust's Certificate of Trust, as amended, is on file with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the initial purchase of shares, the shareholder agrees to be bound by the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended. Generally, Delaware statutory trust shareholders are not personally liable for obligations of the Delaware statutory trust under Delaware law. The Delaware Statutory Trust Act (the "Delaware Act") provides that a shareholder of a Delaware statutory trust shall be entitled to the same limitation of liability extended to shareholders of private for-profit corporations. The Trust's Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust expressly provides that the Trust has been organized under the Delaware Act and that the Declaration of Trust is to be governed by Delaware law. It is nevertheless possible that a Delaware statutory trust, such as the Trust, might become a party to an action in another state whose courts refused to apply Delaware law, in which case the Trust's shareholders could be subject to personal liability.

To guard against this risk, the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust (i) contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust and provides that notice of such disclaimer may be given in each agreement, obligation and instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or its Trustees, (ii) provides for the indemnification out of Trust property of any shareholders held personally liable for any obligations of the Trust or any series of the Trust and (iii) provides that the Trust shall, upon request, assume the defense of any claim made against any shareholder for any act or obligation of the Trust and satisfy any judgment thereon. Thus, the risk of a Trust shareholder incurring financial loss beyond his or her investment because of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which all of the following factors are present: (1) a court refused to apply Delaware law; (2) the liability arose under tort law or, if not, no contractual limitation of liability was in effect; and (3) the Trust itself would be unable to meet its obligations. In the light of Delaware law, the nature of the Trust's business and the nature of its assets, the risk of personal liability to a Fund shareholder is remote.

The Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust further provides that the Trust shall indemnify each of its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses reasonably incurred by them, in connection with, or arising out of, any action, suit or proceeding, threatened against or otherwise involving such Trustee or officer, directly or indirectly, by reason of being or having been a Trustee or officer of the Trust. The Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust does not authorize the Trust to indemnify any Trustee or officer against any liability to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of or for willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such person's duties.

Under the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the Trust is not required to hold annual meetings to elect Trustees or for other purposes. It is not anticipated that the Trust will hold shareholders' meetings unless required by law or the Declaration of Trust. The Trust will be required to hold a meeting to elect Trustees to fill any existing vacancies on the Board if, at any time, fewer than a majority of the Trustees have been elected by the shareholders of the Trust. The Board is required to call a meeting for the purpose of considering the removal of persons serving as Trustee if requested in writing to do so by the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Trust.

Shares of the Trust do not entitle their holders to cumulative voting rights, so that the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Trust may elect all of the Trustees, in which case the holders of the remaining shares would not be able to elect any Trustees. As determined by the Trustees, shareholders are entitled to one vote for each dollar of net asset value (number of shares held times the net asset value of the applicable class of the applicable Fund).

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the Trustees may create additional funds by establishing additional series of shares in the Trust. The establishment of additional series would not affect the interests of current shareholders in the existing Funds. As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees have not determined to establish another series of shares in the Trust.

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the Trustees may establish and issue multiple classes of shares for each Fund. As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees have authorized the issuance of four classes of shares for the Bond and Earnings Driven Growth series, designated Class X Shares, Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares, and two classes of shares for the Growth Opportunities series, designated Class A Shares and Class C Shares.

43

Each share of each class of a Fund is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to that Fund which are attributable to such class as are declared in the discretion of the Trustees. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shares of each class of each Fund are entitled to receive their proportionate share of the assets which are attributable to such class of such Fund and which are available for distribution as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive, conversion or subscription rights. All shares, when issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust.

Subject to shareholder approval (if then required), the Trustees may authorize each Fund to invest all or part of its investable assets in a single open-end investment company that has substantially the same investment objectives, policies and restrictions as the Fund. As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees do not have any plan to authorize any Fund to so invest its assets.

Under Delaware law, shareholders of a Delaware statutory trust are entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of Delaware corporations. As a result, to the extent that the Trust or a shareholder is subject to the jurisdiction of a court that does not apply Delaware law, there is a possibility that the shareholders of a statutory trust such as the Trust may be personally liable for debts or claims against the Trust. The Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides that shareholders shall not be subject to any personal liability for the acts or obligations of the Trust. The Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of the Trust property for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability, which is considered remote, is limited to circumstances in which a court refuses to apply Delaware law and the Trust itself would be unable to meet its obligations.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 125 High Street, Boston, MA 02110, is the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audits the Trust's annual financial statements and expresses an opinion thereon.

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

The Custodian of the Bond and Earnings Driven Growth Funds' assets is State Street Bank and Trust Company, P.O. Box 351, Boston, Massachusetts, 02101. The Custodian of the Growth Opportunities Fund's assets is PFPC Trust Company, 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809. The Trust has authorized the Custodians to appoint one or more subcustodians for the assets of the Funds held outside the United States. The securities and other assets of the Funds are held by each Custodian or any subcustodian separate from the securities and assets of each other Fund.

Pursuant to a Transfer Agent and Service Agreement with the Phoenix Funds, PEPCO, One American Row, P.O. Box 5056, Hartford, CT 06102-5056, acts as Transfer Agent for the Trust (the "Transfer Agent") for which it is paid $16.95 for each designated shareholder account plus out-of-pocket expenses. The Transfer Agent is authorized to engage subagents to perform certain shareholder servicing functions from time to time for which such agents shall be paid a fee by the Transfer Agent. Fees paid by the Funds, in addition to the fee paid to PEPCO, will be reviewed and approved by the Board of Trustees.

REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS

The fiscal year of the Trust ends on September 30. The Trust will send financial statements to its shareholders at least semiannually. An annual report containing financial statements audited by the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, will be sent to shareholders each year and is available without charge upon request.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Funds' financial statements for the Trust's fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, included in the Trust's 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders, are incorporated herein by reference.

44

APPENDIX

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN BOND RATINGS
MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

Aaa--Bonds that are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt edge." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa--Bonds that are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group the comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuations of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A--Bonds that are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

Baa--Bonds that are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations,
i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

Moody's also provides credit ratings for preferred stocks. Preferred stock occupies a junior position to bonds within a particular capital structure and that these securities are rated within the universe of preferred stocks.

aaa--An issue that is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-quality preferred stock. This rating indicates good asset protection and the least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of preferred stocks.

aa--An issue that is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade preferred stock. This rating indicates that there is a reasonable assurance that earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well maintained in the foreseeable future.

a--An issue that is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-medium grade preferred stock. While risks are judged to be somewhat greater than in the "aaa" and "aa" classifications, earnings and asset protections are, nevertheless, expected to be maintained at adequate levels.

baa--An issue that is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium grade preferred stock, neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but may be questionable over any great length of time.

Moody's ratings for municipal notes and other short-term loans are designated Moody's Investment Grade (MIG). This distinction is in recognition of the differences between short-term and long-term credit risk. Loans bearing the designation MIG 1 are of the best quality, enjoying strong protection by establishing cash flows of funds for their servicing or by established and broad-based access to the market for refinancing, or both. Loans bearing the designation MIG 2 are of high quality, with margins of protection ample although not so large as in the preceding group. A short term issue having a demand feature (i.e., payment relying on external liquidity and usually payable on demand rather than fixed maturity dates) is differentiated by Moody's with the use of the Symbol VMIG, instead of MIG.

Moody's also provides credit ratings for tax-exempt commercial paper. These are promissory obligations (1) not having an original maturity in excess of nine months, and (2) backed by commercial banks. Notes bearing the designation P-1 have a superior capacity for repayment. Notes bearing the designation P-2 have a strong capacity for repayment.

STANDARD & POOR'S CORPORATION

AAA--Bonds rated AAA have the higher rating assigned by Standard & Poor's Corporation. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

AA--Bonds rated AA have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differ from the higher rated issues only in small degree.

A--Bonds rated A have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher rated categories.

BBB--Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for bonds in this category than in higher rated categories.

45

S&P's top ratings for municipal notes issued after July 29, 1984 are SP-1 and SP-2. The designation SP-1 indicates a very strong capacity to pay principal and interest. A "+" is added for those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics. An "SP-2" designation indicates a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

Commercial paper rated A-2 or better by S&P is described as having a very strong degree of safety regarding timeliness and capacity to repay. Additionally, as a precondition for receiving an S&P commercial paper rating, a bank credit line and/or liquid assets must be present to cover the amount of commercial paper outstanding at all times.

The Moody's Prime-2 rating and above indicates a strong capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.

GLOSSARY

COMMERCIAL PAPER: Short-term promissory notes of large corporations with excellent credit ratings issued to finance their current operations.

CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT: Negotiable certificates representing a commercial bank's obligations to repay funds deposited with it, earning specified rates of interest over given periods.

BANKERS' ACCEPTANCES: Negotiable obligations of a bank to pay a draft which has been drawn on it by a customer. These obligations are backed by large banks and usually are backed by goods in international trade.

TIME DEPOSITS: Non-negotiable deposits in a banking institution earning a specified interest rate over a given period of time.

CORPORATE OBLIGATIONS: Bonds and notes issued by corporations and other business organizations in order to finance their long-term credit needs.

46

PHOENIX OPPORTUNITIES TRUST

PART C -- OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 22. EXHIBITS

a.            Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of
              Trust dated March 1, 2000 filed via EDGAR with
              Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 (File No. 033-65137)
              on January 25, 2002 and incorporated herein by
              reference.

b.            Bylaws filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective Amendment
              No. 12 (File No. 033-65137) on January 25, 2002 and
              incorporated herein by reference.

c.            Reference is made to Registrant's Agreement and
              Declaration of Trust. See Exhibit a.

d.1.          Amended and Restated Investment Advisory Agreement
              between the Registrant, on behalf of Phoenix
              Bond Fund, and Phoenix Earning Driven Growth Fund,
              and Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc. ("PIC")
              effective November 20, 2002 filed via EDGAR with
              Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 (File No. 033-65137)
              on January 29, 2004 and incorporated herein by
              reference.


d.2.*         First Amendment to Amended and Restated Investment
              Advisory Agreement between Registrant and PIC dated
              June 8, 2006 on behalf of Growth Opportunities Fund
              filed via EDGAR herewith.


d.3.          Subadvisory Agreement between PIC and Seneca Capital
              Management LLC ("Seneca") dated July 1, 1998 filed
              via EDGAR with Post-Effective Amendment No. 16 (File
              No. 033-65137) on January 27, 2006 and incorporated
              herein by reference.


d.4.          Investment Subadvisory Agreement Amendment between
              PIC and Seneca effective July 1, 1998 for the purpose
              of amending the Subadvisory Agreement of the same
              date in order to correct a typographical error in
              such Subadvisory Agreement, filed via EDGAR with
              Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 (File No. 033-65137)
              on January 25, 2005 and incorporated herein by
              reference.


d.5.          Amendment to Subadvisory Agreement between PIC and
              Seneca dated November 20, 2002, filed via EDGAR with
              Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 (File No. 033-65137)
              on January 29, 2004 and incorporated herein by
              reference.


d.6.*         Subadvisory Agreement between PIC and Turner
              Investment Partners, Inc. ("Turner") on behalf of
              Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund dated June 9, 2006
              filed via EDGAR herewith.

e.1.          Underwriting Agreement between Phoenix Equity
              Planning Corporation ("PEPCO") and Registrant dated
              July 1, 1998 and filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective
              Amendment No. 15 (File No. 033-65137) on January 25,
              2005 and incorporated herein by reference. A Form of
              Underwriting Agreement between PEPCO and Registrant
              was previously filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective
              Amendment No. 5 (File No. 033-65137) on May 20, 1998
              and incorporated herein by reference.


e.2.          Form of Sales Agreement between PEPCO and dealers
              (January 2006), filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective
              Amendment No. 16 (File No. 033-65137) on January 27,
              2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

f.            Form of Deferred Compensation Plan applicable to the
              Board of Trustees filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective
              Amendment No. 16 (File No. 033-65137) on January 27,
              2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

g.1.          Master Custodian Contract between Registrant and
              State Street Bank and Trust Company ("State Street")
              dated May 1, 1997 filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective
              Amendment No. 8 (File No. 033-65137) on January 24,
              2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

g.2.          Amendment dated February 10, 2000 to Master Custodian
              Contract dated May 1, 1997 between Registrant and
              State Street filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective
              Amendment No. 14 (File No. 033-65137) on January 29,
              2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

g.3.          Amendment dated July 2, 2001 to Master Custodian
              Contract dated May 1, 1997 between Registrant and
              State Street filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective
              Amendment No. 14 (File No. 033-65137) on January 29,
              2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

g.4.          Amendment dated May 10, 2002 to Master Custodian
              Contract dated May 1, 1997 between Registrant and
              State Street filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective
              Amendment No. 14 (File No. 033-65137) on January 29,
              2004 and incorporated herein by reference.


g.5.          Custodian Services Agreement between Registrant and
              PFPC Trust Company on behalf of Phoenix Growth
              Opportunities Fund to be filed by amendment.

h.1.*         Expense Limitation Agreement dated February 1, 2006
              between Registrant and PIC, filed via EDGAR herewith.

C-1

h.2.          Transfer Agency and Service Agreement (the "Transfer
              Agency Agreement") between the Registrant and PEPCO
              dated October 18, 1997 filed via EDGAR with
              Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 (File No. 033-65137)
              on May 20, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference.

h.3.          First Amendment to the Transfer Agency and Service
              Agreement dated February 28, 2004 and filed via EDGAR
              with Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 (File No.
              033-65137) on January 25, 2005 and incorporated
              herein by reference.

h.4.          Second Amendment to the Transfer Agency and Service
              Agreement dated May 18, 2005, filed via EDGAR with
              Post-Effective Amendment No. 16 (File No. 033-65137)
              on January 27, 2006 and incorporated herein by
              reference.

h.5.          Financial Agent Agreement between Registrant and
              PEPCO dated July 1, 1998 filed via EDGAR with
              Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 (File No. 033-65137)
              on January 24, 2000 and incorporated herein by
              reference.

h.6.*         Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and
              PIC on behalf of Growth Opportunities Fund, filed via
              EDGAR herewith.


i.            Opinion and consent of Morris, Nichols, Arsht &
              Tunnell filed via EDGAR with Pre-Effective Amendment
              No. 2 (File No. 033-65137) on February 29, 1996 and
              incorporated herein by reference.


j.1.*         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent
              Registered Public Accounting Firm filed via EDGAR
              herewith.

j.2.*         Consent of KPMG, LLP, Independent Registered Public
              Accounting Firm filed via EDGAR herewith.


k.            None.

l.            Share Purchase Agreement (the "Share Purchase
              Agreement") between Registrant and GMG/Seneca
              Capital Management, L.P. filed via EDGAR with
              Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 (File No. 033-65137) on
              February 29, 1996 and incorporated herein by
              reference.

m.1.          Amended and Restated Distribution Plan Pursuant to
              Rule 12b-1 for Class A Shares filed via EDGAR with
              Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 (File No. 033-65137)
              on May 20, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference.

m.2.          Distribution Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 for Class B
              Shares adopted September 14, 2000 and filed via EDGAR
              with Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 (File No.
              033-65137) on September 27, 2000 and incorporated
              herein by reference.

m.3.          Distribution Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 for Class C
              Shares adopted September 14, 2000 and filed via EDGAR
              with Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 (File No.
              033-65137) on September 27, 2000 and incorporated
              herein by reference.

m.4.          First Amendment to Class A Shares Amended and
              Restated Distribution Plan effective May 21, 2003 and
              filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective Amendment No. 14
              (File No. 033-65137) on January 29, 2004 and
              incorporated herein by reference.

n.1.          2004 Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Multi-Class
              Distribution Plan, adopted August 17, 2004, filed via
              EDGAR with Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 (File No.
              033-65137) on January 25, 2005 and incorporated
              herein by reference.

n.2.          First Amendment to 2004 Amended and Restated Rule
              18f-3 Multi-Class Distribution Plan, adopted August
              17, 2004, filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective
              Amendment No. 15 (File No. 033-65137) on January 25,
              2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

n.3.          Second Amendment to 2004 Amendment and Restated Rule
              18f-3 Multi-Class Distribution Plan, effective
              September 20, 2004, filed via EDGAR with
              Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 (File No. 033-65137)
              on January 25, 2005 and incorporated herein by
              reference.

o.            Reserved.

p.1.*         Amended and Restated Codes of Ethics of the Phoenix
              Funds and the Distributor (PEPCO) dated February
              2006, filed via EDGAR herewith.


p.2.          Amended and Restated Code of Ethics of the Adviser
              (PIC) dated February 2006, filed via EDGAR with
              Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 (File No. 033-65137),
              on March 1, 2006 and incorporated herein by
              reference.

p.3.          Amended and Restated Code of Ethics of the Subadviser
              (Seneca) dated January 3, 2006, filed via EDGAR with
              Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 (File No. 033-65137),
              on March 1, 2006 and incorporated herein by
              reference.

q.1.*         Power of Attorney for all Trustees, except Messrs.
              Geraci and Verdonck, dated May 17, 2006, filed via
              EDGAR herewith.

q.2.*         Power of Attorney for Messrs. Geraci and Verdonck,
              dated May 17, 2006, filed via EDGAR herewith.


 -------------

* Filed herewith.

C-2

ITEM 23. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE FUND
None.

ITEM 24. INDEMNIFICATION

The Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated March 1, 2001 and the Bylaws of the Registrant provide that no trustee or officer will be indemnified against any liability to which the Registrant would otherwise be subject by reason of or for willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such person's duties. The Amended and Restated Investment Advisory Agreement, Underwriting Agreement, Master Custodian Contract and Transfer Agency and Service Agreement each provides that the Trust will indemnify the other party (or parties, as the case may be) to the agreement for certain losses.

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), may be available to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 25. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER

See "Management of the Fund " in the Prospectus and " Services of the Adviser and Subadviser" and "Management of the Trust" in the Statement of Additional Information which is included in this Post-Effective Amendment. For information as to the business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature of directors and officers of the Adviser and Subadviser, reference is made to the Adviser's and Subadviser's current Form ADV (PIC: SEC File No. 801-5995; Seneca: SEC File No. 801-51559 and Turner: SEC File No. 801-36220) filed under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 26. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER

(a) PEPCO serves as the principal underwriter for the following registrants:

Phoenix Adviser Trust, Phoenix Asset Trust, Phoenix CA Tax-Exempt Bond Fund, Phoenix Investment Trust 06, Phoenix Equity Series Fund, Phoenix Equity Trust, Phoenix Institutional Mutual Funds, Phoenix Investment Series Fund, Phoenix Investment Trust 97, Phoenix Multi-Portfolio Fund, Phoenix Multi-Series Trust, Phoenix Opportunities Trust, Phoenix PHOLIOs(SM), Phoenix Portfolios, Phoenix Series Fund, Phoenix Strategic Equity Series Fund, Phoenix Life Variable Universal Life Account, Phoenix Life Variable Accumulation Account, PHL Variable Accumulation Account, Phoenix Life and Annuity Variable Universal Life Account, PHLVIC Variable Universal Life Account and PHL Variable Separate Account
MVA1.

(b) Directors and executive officers of PEPCO are as follows:

NAME AND PRINCIPAL                              POSITIONS AND OFFICES                     POSITIONS AND OFFICES
BUSINESS ADDRESS                                WITH DISTRIBUTOR                          WITH REGISTRANT
----------------                                ----------------                          ---------------
George R. Aylward                               Director and                              Executive Vice President
56 Prospect Street                              Executive Vice President
P.O. Box 150480 Hartford, CT 06115-0480

John H. Beers                                   Vice President and Secretary              Assistant Secretary
One American Row
P.O. Box 5056 Hartford, CT 06102-5056

Kevin J. Carr                                   Vice President                            Vice President, Counsel, Chief
One American Row                                and Assistant Secretary                   Legal Officer and Secretary
P.O. Box 5056 Hartford, CT 06102-5056

John R. Flores                                  Vice President and                        Anti-Money Laundering Officer
One American Row                                Anti-Money Laundering Officer             and Assistant Secretary
P.O. Box 5056 Hartford, CT 06102-5056


Daniel T. Geraci                                Director, Chairman of the Board           Trustee and President
56 Prospect Street                              and President
P.O. Box 150480 Hartford, CT 06115-0480

C-3

NAME AND PRINCIPAL                              POSITIONS AND OFFICES                     POSITIONS AND OFFICES
BUSINESS ADDRESS                                WITH DISTRIBUTOR                          WITH REGISTRANT
----------------                                ----------------                          ---------------
Michael E. Haylon                               Director                                  None
One American Row
P.O. Box 5056 Hartford, CT 06102-5056

David C. Martin                                 Vice President and                        None
One American Row                                Chief Compliance Officer
P.O. Box 5056 Hartford, CT 06102-5056

Glenn H. Pease                                  Vice President, Finance                   None
56 Prospect Street                              and Treasurer
P.O. Box 150480 Hartford, CT 06115-0480

Jacqueline M. Porter                            Assistant Vice President                  Vice President and
56 Prospect Street                                                                        Assistant Treasurer
P.O. Box 150480 Hartford, CT 06115-0480

Francis G. Waltman                              Senior Vice President                     Senior Vice President
56 Prospect Street
P.O. Box 150480 Hartford, CT 06115-0480

James D. Wehr                                   Director                                  None
56 Prospect Street
P.O. Box 150480 Hartford, CT 06115-0480

(c) To the best of the Registrant's knowledge, no commissions or other compensation was received by any principal underwriter who is not an affiliated person of the Registrant or an affiliated person of such affiliated person, directly or indirectly, from the Registrant during the Registrant's last fiscal year.

ITEM 27. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

Persons maintaining physical possession of accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Rules promulgated thereunder include:

Secretary of the Fund:                                    Principal Underwriter, Financial Agent and Transfer Agent:
    Kevin J. Carr, Esq.                                       Phoenix Equity Planning Corporation
    One American Row                                          One American Row
    P.O. Box 5056                                             P.O. Box 5056
    Hartford, CT 06102-5056                                   Hartford, CT 06102-5056


Investment Adviser and Subadvisers:                       Custodian and Dividend Dispersing Agent for Bond and Earnings
    Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc.                      Driven Growth Funds:
    56 Prospect Street                                        State Street Bank and Trust Company
    P.O. Box 150480                                           225 Franklin Street
    Hartford, CT 06115-0480                                   Boston, MA 02110

Subadviser for Bond Fund and Earnings Driven              Custodian and Dividend Dispersing Agent for Growth
Growth Fund:                                                  Opportunities Fund:
    Seneca Capital Management LLC                             PFPC Trust Company
    900 Montgomery Street                                     301 Bellevue Parkway
    San Francisco, CA  94133                                  Wilmington, DE 19809

Subadviser for Growth Opportunities Fund:
    Turner Investment Partners, Inc.
    1205 Westlakes Drive, Suite 100
    Berwyn, PA 19312

ITEM 28. MANAGEMENT SERVICES

None.

ITEM 29. UNDERTAKINGS

None.

C-4

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Trust certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this registration statement under rule 485(b) of the Securities Act and has caused this amendment to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Hartford, and the State of Connecticut on the 8th day of June, 2006.

                                          PHOENIX OPPORTUNITIES TRUST

ATTEST: /S/  KEVIN J. CARR                BY: /S/ DANIEL T. GERACI
        ---------------------------           ----------------------------------
             KEVIN J. CARR                        DANIEL T. GERACI
             SECRETARY                            PRESIDENT

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this amendment to the registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 8th day of June, 2006.

SIGNATURE                                            TITLE
---------                                            -----

           /s/ W. Patrick Bradley                    Chief Financial Officer and
----------------------------------------------       Treasurer (principal
             W. Patrick Bradley                      financial and accounting
                                                     officer)

----------------------------------------------
              E. Virgil Conway*                      Trustee

----------------------------------------------
           Harry Dalzell-Payne*                      Trustee


           /s/ Daniel T. Geraci                      Trustee and President
----------------------------------------------       (principal executive
              Daniel T. Geraci                       officer)

----------------------------------------------
             Francis E. Jeffries*                    Trustee

----------------------------------------------
              Leroy Keith, Jr.*                      Trustee

----------------------------------------------
           Marilyn E. LaMarche*                      Trustee

----------------------------------------------
           Philip R. McLoughin*                      Trustee and Chairman

----------------------------------------------
           Geraldine M. McNamara*                    Trustee

----------------------------------------------
               James M. Oates*                       Trustee

----------------------------------------------
              Richard E. Segerson*                   Trustee

----------------------------------------------
           Ferdinand L.J. Verdonck*                  Trustee

*By /s/ Daniel T. Geraci
    ------------------------------------------

*Daniel T. Geraci, Attorney-in-Fact, pursuant to powers of attorney

S-1

EXHIBIT d.2

AMENDMENT
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT


AMENDMENT
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT effective as of the 8th day of June, 2006 amends that certain Amended and Restated Investment Advisory Agreement dated as of November 20, 2002 (the "Agreement") by and between Phoenix Opportunities Trust (formerly known as Phoenix-Seneca Funds), a Delaware statutory trust (the "Trust") and Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the "Adviser") as follows:

1. All references to the state of domicile of Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc. shall hereafter refer to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

2. The name of the Trust Phoenix-Seneca Funds has been changed to Phoenix Opportunities Trust.

3. The name of the series Phoenix-Seneca Bond Fund has been changed to Phoenix Bond Fund.

4. The name of the series Phoenix-Seneca Mid-Cap "EDGE"(sm) Fund has been changed to Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund.

5. All references to the series Phoenix-Seneca Real Estate Securities Fund are hereby deleted.

6. Schedule A to the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and Schedule A attached hereto substituted in its place.

7. Except as expressly amended hereby, all provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and are unchanged in all other respects. All initial capitalized terms used herein shall have such meanings as ascribed thereto in the Agreement, as amended. All terms and phrases in quotations shall have such meaning as ascribed thereto in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

8. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and, all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto intending to be legally bound have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers of other representatives.

PHOENIX INVESTMENT COUNSEL, INC.

By:  /s/ John H. Beers
     --------------------------------
Name:  John H. Beers
Title: Vice President and Clerk

PHOENIX OPPORTUNITIES TRUST

By:  /s/ Francis G. Waltman
     --------------------------------
Name:  Francis G. Waltman
Title: Senior Vice President


                                       SCHEDULE A
                                       ----------

                 SERIES                                                    INVESTMENT ADVISORY FEE
                 ------                                                    -----------------------

Phoenix Bond Fund                                                                    0.50%
Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund                                                  0.80%

                                                              $1st Billion        $1 + Billion        $2+ Billion
                                                                                   through $2
                                                                                     Billion

Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund                                0.75%                0.70%              0.65%

The parties to this Agreement hereby acknowledge the following fund name changes: Phoenix Bond Fund (f/k/a Phoenix-Seneca Bond Fund) and Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund (f/k/a Phoenix-Seneca Mid-Cap "EDGE"(sm) Fund).


EXHIBIT d.6

PHOENIX OPPORTUNITIES TRUST
PHOENIX GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND

SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT


PHOENIX OPPORTUNITIES TRUST
PHOENIX GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND

SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT

June 9, 2006

Turner Investment Partners, Inc.
1205 Westlakes Drive, Suite 100
Berwyn, Pennsylvania 19312

RE: SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Phoenix Opportunities Trust (the "Fund") is a diversified open-end investment company of the series type registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Act"), and is subject to the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The shares of the Fund are offered or may be offered in several series (collectively, sometimes hereafter referred to as the "Series").

Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc. (the "Adviser") evaluates and recommends series advisers for the Series and is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Series.

1. Employment as a Subadviser. The Adviser, being duly authorized, hereby employs Turner Investment Partners, Inc. (the "Subadviser") as a discretionary series adviser to invest and reinvest the assets of the Series designated by the Advisers as set forth on Schedule F attached hereto (the "Series") on the terms and conditions set forth herein. The services of the Subadviser hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive; the Subadviser may render services to others and engage in other activities that do not conflict in any material manner in the Subadviser's performance hereunder.

2. Acceptance of Employment; Standard of Performance. The Subadviser accepts its employment as a discretionary series adviser of the Series and agrees to use its best professional judgment to make investment decisions for the Series in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

3. Services of Subadviser. In providing management services to the Series, the Subadviser shall be subject to the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund as they apply to the Series and as set forth in the Fund's then current prospectus ("Prospectus") and statement of additional information ("Statement of Additional Information") filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") as part of the Fund's Registration Statement, as may be periodically amended and provided to the Subadviser by the Adviser, and to the investment restrictions set forth in the Act and the Rules thereunder, to the supervision and control of the Trustees of the Fund (the "Trustees"), and to instructions from the Adviser. The Subadviser shall not knowingly, without the


Fund's prior written approval, effect any transactions that would cause the Series at the time of the transaction to be out of compliance with any of such restrictions or policies.

4. Transaction Procedures. All series transactions for the Series shall be consummated by payment to, or delivery by, the Custodian(s) from time to time designated by the Fund (the "Custodian"), or such depositories or agents as may be designated by the Custodian in writing, of all cash and/or securities due to or from the Series. The Subadviser shall not have possession or custody of such cash and/or securities or any responsibility or liability with respect to such custody. The Subadviser shall advise the Custodian and confirm in writing to the Fund all investment orders for the Series placed by it with brokers and dealers at the time and in the manner set forth in Schedule A hereto (as amended from time to time). The Fund shall issue to the Custodian such instructions as may be appropriate in connection with the settlement of any transaction initiated by the Subadviser. The Fund shall be responsible for all custodial arrangements and the payment of all custodial charges and fees, and, upon giving proper instructions to the Custodian, the Subadviser shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to custodial arrangements or the act, omissions or other conduct of the Custodian.

5. Allocation of Brokerage. The Subadviser shall have authority and discretion to select brokers and dealers to execute Series transactions initiated by the Subadviser, and to select the markets on or in which the transactions will be executed.

A. In placing orders for the sale and purchase of Series securities for the Fund, the Subadviser's primary responsibility shall be to seek the best execution of orders at the most favorable prices. However, this responsibility shall not obligate the Subadviser to solicit competitive bids for each transaction or to seek the lowest available commission cost to the Fund, so long as the Subadviser reasonably believes that the broker or dealer selected by it can be expected to obtain a "best execution" market price on the particular transaction and determines in good faith that the commission cost is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services (as defined in Section 28(e)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) provided by such broker or dealer to the Subadviser, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or of the Subadviser's overall responsibilities with respect to its clients, including the Fund, as to which the Subadviser exercises investment discretion, notwithstanding that the Fund may not be the direct or exclusive beneficiary of any such services or that another broker may be willing to charge the Fund a lower commission on the particular transaction.

B. The Subadviser may manage other portfolios and expects that the Fund and other portfolios the Subadviser manages will, from time to time, purchase or sell the same securities. The Subadviser may aggregate orders for the purchase or sale of securities on behalf of the Series with orders on behalf of other portfolios the Subadviser manages. Securities purchased or proceeds of securities sold through aggregated orders shall be allocated to the account of each portfolio managed by the Subadviser that bought or sold such securities at the average execution price where feasible, but in all cases in a manner that is fair and equitable to the Series.

2

If less than the total of the aggregated orders is executed, purchased securities or proceeds shall generally be allocated pro rata among the participating portfolios in proportion to their planned participation in the aggregated orders.

C. The Subadviser shall not execute any Series transactions for the Series with a broker or dealer that is an "affiliated person" (as defined in the Act) of the Fund, the Subadviser or the Adviser without the prior written approval of the Fund. The Fund shall provide the Subadviser with a list of brokers and dealers that are "affiliated persons" of the Fund or the Adviser.

6. Proxies.

A. The Subadviser, or a third party designee acting under the authority and supervision of the Subadviser, shall review all proxy solicitation materials and be responsible for voting and handling all proxies in relation to the assets of the Series. Unless the Adviser or the Fund gives the Subadviser written instructions to the contrary, the Subadviser will, in compliance with the proxy voting procedures of the Series then in effect, vote or abstain from voting, all proxies solicited by or with respect to the issuers of securities in which assets of the Series may be invested. The Adviser shall cause the Custodian to forward promptly to the Subadviser all proxies upon receipt, so as to afford the Subadviser a reasonable amount of time in which to determine how to vote such proxies. The Subadviser agrees to provide the Adviser in a timely manner with a record of votes cast containing all of the voting information required by Form N-PX in an electronic format to enable the Fund to file Form N-PX as required by Rule 30b1-4 under the Act.

B. The Subadviser is authorized to deal with reorganizations and exchange offers with respect to securities held in the Series in such manner as the Subadviser deems advisable, unless the Fund or the Adviser otherwise specifically directs in writing. With the Adviser's approval, the Subadviser shall also have the authority to: (i) identify, evaluate and pursue legal claims, including commencing or defending suits, affecting the securities held at any time in the Series, including claims in bankruptcy, class action securities litigation and other litigation; (ii) participate in such litigation or related proceedings with respect to such securities as the Subadviser deems appropriate to preserve or enhance the value of the Series, including filing proofs of claim and related documents and serving as "lead plaintiff" in class action lawsuits;
(iii) exercise generally any of the powers of an owner with respect to the supervision and management of such rights or claims, including the settlement, compromise or submission to arbitration of any claims, the exercise of which the Subadviser deems to be in the best interest of the Series or required by applicable law, including ERISA, and (iv) employ suitable agents, including legal counsel, and to pay their reasonable fees, expenses and related costs from the Series.

3

7. Prohibited Conduct. In providing the services described in this Agreement, the Subadviser's responsibility regarding investment advice hereunder is limited to the Series, and the Subadviser will not consult with any other investment advisory firm that provides investment advisory services to the Fund or any other investment company sponsored by Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd. regarding transactions for the Fund in securities or other assets. The Fund shall provide the Subadviser with a list of investment companies sponsored by Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd. and the Subadviser shall be in breach of the foregoing provision only if the investment company is included in such a list provided to the Subadviser prior to such prohibited action. In addition, the Subadviser shall not, without the prior written consent of the Fund and the Adviser, delegate any obligation assumed pursuant to this Agreement to any affiliated or unaffiliated third party.

8. Information and Reports.

A. The Subadviser shall keep the Fund and the Adviser informed of developments relating to its duties as Subadviser of which the Subadviser has, or should have, knowledge that would materially affect the Series. In this regard, the Subadviser shall provide the Fund, the Adviser and their respective officers with such periodic reports concerning the obligations the Subadviser has assumed under this Agreement as the Fund and the Adviser may from time to time reasonably request. In addition, prior to each meeting of the Trustees, the Subadviser shall provide the Adviser and the Trustees with reports regarding the Subadviser's management of the Series during the most recently completed quarter which reports: (i) shall include Subadviser's representation that its performance of its investment management duties hereunder is in compliance with the Fund's investment objectives and practices, the Act and applicable rules and regulations under the Act, and the diversification and minimum "good income" requirements of Subchapter M under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and (ii) otherwise shall be in such form as may be mutually agreed upon by the Subadviser and the Adviser.

B. Each of the Adviser and the Subadviser shall provide the other party with a list, to the best of the Adviser's or the Subadviser's respective knowledge, of each affiliated person (and any affiliated person of such an affiliated person) of the Adviser or the Subadviser, as the case may be, and each of the Adviser and Subadviser agrees promptly to update such list whenever the Adviser or the Subadviser becomes aware of any changes that should be added to or deleted from the list of affiliated persons.

C. The Subadviser shall also provide the Adviser with any information reasonably requested by the Adviser regarding its management of the Series required for any shareholder report, amended registration statement, or Prospectus supplement to be filed by the Fund with the SEC.

4

9. Fees for Services. The compensation of the Subadviser for its services under this Agreement shall be calculated and paid by the Adviser in accordance with the attached Fee Schedule. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Fund and the Adviser, the Adviser is solely responsible for the payment of fees to the Subadviser.

10. Limitation of Liability. The Subadviser shall not be liable for any action taken, omitted or suffered to be taken by it in its best professional judgment, in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Agreement, or in accordance with specific directions or instructions from the Fund, provided, however, that such acts or omissions shall not have constituted a material breach of the investment objectives, policies and restrictions applicable to the Series as defined in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and that such acts or omissions shall not have resulted from the Subadviser's willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.

11. Confidentiality. Subject to the duty of the Subadviser and the Fund to comply with applicable law, including any demand of any regulatory or taxing authority having jurisdiction, the parties hereto shall treat as confidential all information pertaining to the Series and the actions of the Subadviser and the Fund in respect thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund and the Adviser agree that the Subadviser may (i) disclose in marketing materials and similar communications that the Fund has engaged Subadviser pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) include performance statistics regarding the Series in composite performance statistics regarding one or more groups of Subadviser's clients published or included in any of the foregoing communications, provided that the Subadviser does not identify any performance statistics as relating specifically to the Series.

12. Assignment. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment, as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the Act. The Subadviser shall notify the Fund in writing sufficiently in advance of any proposed change of control, as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act, as will enable the Fund to consider whether an assignment as defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the Act will occur, and to take the steps necessary to enter into a new contract with the Subadviser.

13. Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Subadviser. The Subadviser represents, warrants and agrees that:

A. It is registered as an "Investment Adviser" under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended ("Advisers Act").

B. It will maintain, keep current and preserve on behalf of the Fund, in the manner required or permitted by the Act and the Rules thereunder including the records identified in Schedule B (as Schedule B may be amended from time to time). The Subadviser agrees that such records are the property of the Fund, and shall be surrendered to the Fund or to the Adviser as agent of the Fund promptly upon request of either. The Fund acknowledges that Subadviser may retain copies of all

5

records required to meet the record retention requirements imposed by law and regulation.

C. It shall maintain a written code of ethics (the "Code of Ethics") complying with the requirements of Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-l under the Act and shall provide the Fund and the Adviser with a copy of the Code of Ethics and evidence of its adoption. It shall institute procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons (as defined in Rule 17j-1) from violating its Code of Ethics. The Subadviser acknowledges receipt of the written code of ethics adopted by and on behalf of the Fund. Each calendar quarter while this Agreement is in effect, a duly authorized compliance officer of the Subadviser shall certify to the Fund and to the Adviser that, to the best of its knowledge, the Subadviser has complied with the requirements of Rules 204A-1 and 17j-l during the previous calendar quarter and that there has been no material violation of its Code of Ethics, or of Rule 17j-1(b), or that any persons covered under its Code of Ethics has divulged or acted upon any material, non-public information, as such term is defined under relevant securities laws, and if such a violation has occurred or the code of ethics of the Fund, or if such a violation of its Code of Ethics has occurred, that appropriate action was taken in response to such violation. Annually, the Subadviser shall furnish to the Fund a written report which complies with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 concerning the Subadviser's Code of Ethics to the Fund and the Adviser. The Subadviser shall permit the Fund and the Adviser to examine the reports required to be made by the Subadviser under Rules 204A-1(b) and 17j-l(d)(1) and this subparagraph.

D. It has adopted and implemented, and throughout the term of this Agreement shall maintain in effect and implement, policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent, detect and correct violations by the Subadviser and its supervised persons, and, to the extent the activities of the Subadviser in respect to the Fund could affect the Fund, by the Fund, of "federal securities laws" (as defined in Rule 38a-1 under the Act), and that the Subadviser has provided the Fund with true and complete copies of its policies and procedures (or summaries thereof) and related information reasonably requested by the Fund. Upon prior written notice thereof, the Subadviser agrees to cooperate with periodic reviews by the Fund's compliance personnel of the Subadviser's policies and procedures, their operation and implementation and other compliance matters and to provide to the Fund from time to time such additional information and certifications in respect of the Subadviser's policies and procedures, compliance by the Subadviser with federal securities laws and related matters and the Fund's compliance personnel may reasonably request. The Subadviser agrees to promptly notify the Adviser of any compliance violations which affect the Series.

E. Reference is hereby made to the Declaration of Trust dated March 1, 2001 establishing the Fund, a copy of which has been filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware and

6

elsewhere as required by law, and to any and all amendments thereto so filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware and elsewhere as required by law, and to any and all amendments thereto so filed or hereafter filed. The name "Phoenix Opportunities Trust" refers to the Trustees under said Declaration of Trust, as Trustees and not personally, and no Trustee, shareholder, officer, agent or employee of the Fund shall be held to any personal liability in connection with the affairs of the Fund; only the trust estate under said Declaration of Trust is liable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Subadviser nor any of its officers, directors, partners, shareholders or employees shall, under any circumstances, have recourse or cause or willingly permit recourse to be had directly or indirectly to any personal, statutory, or other liability of any shareholder, Trustee, officer, agent or employee of the Fund or of any successor of the Fund, whether such liability now exists or is hereafter incurred for claims against the trust estate.

14. Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement, together with the Schedules attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior written or oral agreements pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended at any time, but only by written agreement among the Subadviser, the Adviser and the Fund, which amendment, other than amendments to the Schedules hereto, is subject to the approval of the Trustees and the shareholders of the Fund as and to the extent required by the Act.

15. Effective Date; Term. This Agreement shall become effective on the date set forth on the first page of this Agreement, and shall continue in effect until December 31, 2007. The Agreement shall continue from year to year thereafter only so long as its continuance has been specifically approved at least annually by the Trustees in accordance with Section 15(a) of the Act, and by the majority vote of the disinterested Trustees in accordance with the requirements of Section 15(c) thereof.

16. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by any party, without penalty, immediately upon written notice to the other parties in the event of a material breach of any provision thereof by a party so notified, or otherwise upon thirty (30) days' written notice to the other parties, but any such termination shall not affect the status, obligations or liabilities of any party hereto to the other parties.

17. Applicable Law. To the extent that state law is not preempted by the provisions of any law of the United States heretofore or hereafter enacted, as the same may be amended from time to time, this Agreement shall be administered, construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of Delaware.

18. Severability. If any term or condition of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and each and every term and condition of this Agreement shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

19. Notices. Any notice or other communication required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly given if delivered personally or by overnight delivery

7

service or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile addressed to the parties at their respective addresses set forth below, or at such other address as shall be designated by any party in a written notice to the other party.

(a) To Phoenix at:

Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc. 56 Prospect Street
Hartford, CT 06115
Attn: John H. Beers, Vice President and Clerk Telephone: (860) 403-5050 Facsimile: (860) 403-7251 Email: john.beers@phoenixwm.com

(b) To Subadvisor at:

Turner Investment Partners, Inc. 1205 Westlakes Drive, Suite 100 Berwyn, Pennsylvania 19312 Attn: Jill McCullough, Manager Telephone: 484-329-2390 Facsimile: 610-786-0822 Email:

20. Certifications. The Subadviser hereby warrants and represents that it will provide the requisite certifications reasonably requested by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the Fund necessary for those named officers to fulfill their reporting and certification obligations on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q as required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to the extent that such reporting and certifications relate to the Subadviser's duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. Subadviser shall provide a quarterly certification in a form substantially similar to that attached as Schedule E.

21. Indemnification. The Adviser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Subadviser and the Subadviser's directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, and expenses whatsoever, including reasonable attorneys' fees (collectively, "Losses"), arising out of or relating to (i) any breach by the Adviser of any provision of this Agreement; (ii) the negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith, or breach of fiduciary duty of the Adviser; (iii) any violation by the Adviser of any law or regulation relating to its activities under this Agreement; and (iv) any dispute between the Adviser and any Fund shareholder, except to the extent that such Losses result from the gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith of the Subadviser or the Subadviser's reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.

8

22. Receipt of Disclosure Document. The Fund acknowledges receipt, at least 48 hours prior to entering into this Agreement, of a copy of Part II of the Subadviser's Form ADV containing certain information concerning the Subadviser and the nature of its business.

23. Counterparts; Fax Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including executed counterparts delivered and exchanged by facsimile transmission) with the same effect as if all signing parties had originally signed the same document, and all counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute the same instrument. For all purposes, signatures delivered and exchanged by facsimile transmission shall be binding and effective to the same extent as original signatures.

[signature page follows]

9

PHOENIX OPPORTUNITIES TRUST

By:    /s/ George R. Aylward
   ------------------------------------
     Name:  George R. Aylward
     Title: Executive Vice President

PHOENIX INVESTMENT COUNSEL, INC.

By:    /s/ John H. Beers
   ------------------------------------
     Name:  John H. Beers
     Title: Vice President and Clerk

ACCEPTED:

TURNER INVESTMENT PARTNERS, INC.

By:     /s/ Brian F. McNally
    ------------------------------------
      Name:  Brian F. McNally
      Title: General Counsel and CCO

10

SCHEDULE A

OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES

In order to minimize operational problems, it will be necessary for a flow of information to be supplied by Subadviser to State Street and Bank Trust Company (the "Custodian") and PFPC, Inc., (the "Sub-Accounting Agent") for the Fund.

The Subadviser shall use its best efforts to furnish the Custodian and the Sub-Accounting Agent with daily information as to executed trades, or, if no trades are executed, with a report to that effect, no later than 5 p.m. (Eastern Standard time) on the day of the trade each day the Fund is open for business. (Subadviser will be responsible for reimbursement to the Fund for any loss caused by the Subadviser's failure to comply.) The necessary information can be sent via facsimile machine to the Custodian and the Sub-Accounting Agent. Information provided to the Custodian and the Sub-Accounting Agent shall include the following:

1. Purchase or sale;
2. Security name;
3. CUSIP number, ISIN or Sedols (as applicable);
4. Number of shares and sales price per share or aggregate principal amount;
5. Executing broker;
6. Settlement agent;
7. Trade date;
8. Settlement date;
9. Aggregate commission or if a net trade;
10. Interest purchased or sold from interest bearing security;
11. Other fees;
12. Net proceeds of the transaction;
13. Exchange where trade was executed;
14. Identified tax lot (if applicable); and
15. Trade commission reason: best execution, soft dollar or research.

When opening accounts with brokers for, and in the name of, the Fund, the account must be a cash account. No margin accounts are to be maintained in the name of the Fund. Delivery instructions are as specified by the Custodian. The Custodian will supply the Subadviser daily with a cash availability report via access to the Custodian website, or by email or by facsimile and the Sub-Accounting Agent will provide a five day cash projection. This will normally be done by email or, if email is unavailable, by another form of immediate written communication, so that the Subadviser will know the amount available for investment purposes.

11

SCHEDULE B

RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE SUBADVISER

1. (Rule 31a-1(b)(5)) A record of each brokerage order, and all other series purchases and sales, given by the Subadviser on behalf of the Fund for, or in connection with, the purchase or sale of securities, whether executed or unexecuted. Such records shall include:

A. The name of the broker;
B. The terms and conditions of the order and of any modifications or cancellations thereof;
C. The time of entry or cancellation;
D. The price at which executed;
E. The time of receipt of a report of execution; and
F. The name of the person who placed the order on behalf of the Fund.

2. (Rule 31a-1(b)(9)) A record for each fiscal quarter, completed within ten (10) days after the end of the quarter, showing specifically the basis or bases upon which the allocation of orders for the purchase and sale of series securities to named brokers or dealers was effected, and the division of brokerage commissions or other compensation on such purchase and sale orders. Such record:

A. Shall include the consideration given to:
(i) The sale of shares of the Fund by brokers or dealers.
(ii) The supplying of services or benefits by brokers or dealers to:
(a) The Fund,
(b) The Adviser,
(c) The Subadviser, and
(d) Any person other than the foregoing.
(iii) Any other consideration other than the technical qualifications of the brokers and dealers as such.
B. Shall show the nature of the services or benefits made available.
C. Shall describe in detail the application of any general or specific formula or other determinant used in arriving at such allocation of purchase and sale orders and such division of brokerage commissions or other compensation.
D. The name of the person responsible for making the determination of such allocation and such division of brokerage commissions or other compensation.

3. (Rule 31a-1(b)(10)) A record in the form of an appropriate memorandum identifying the person or persons, committees or groups authorizing the purchase or sale of series securities. Where a committee or group makes an authorization, a record shall be kept of the names of its members who participate in the authorization. There shall be retained as part of this record: any memorandum, recommendation or instruction supporting or

12

authorizing the purchase or sale of series securities and such other information as is appropriate to support the authorization.*

4. (Rule 31a-1(f)) Such accounts, books and other documents as are required to be maintained by registered investment Advisers by rule adopted under Section 204 of the Advisers Act, to the extent such records are necessary or appropriate to record the Subadviser's transactions for the Fund.

5. Records as necessary under Board approved Phoenix Funds' valuation policies and procedures.


* Such information might include: current financial information, annual and quarterly reports, press releases, reports by analysts and from brokerage firms (including their recommendations, i.e., buy, sell, hold) or any internal reports or subadviser review.

13

SCHEDULE C

SUBADVISORY FEE

(a) For services provided to the Fund, the Adviser will pay to the Subadviser, on or before the 10th day of each month, a fee, payable in arrears, at the annual rate stated below. The fees shall be prorated for any month during which this Agreement is in effect for only a portion of the month. In computing the fee to be paid to the Subadviser, the net asset value of the Fund and each Series shall be valued as set forth in the then current registration statement of the Fund.

(b) The fee to be paid by the Subadviser is to be 50% of the gross management fee as calculated based on the average daily net assets of the Series for the first $1 billion in Series assets (but in no event less than an annual rate of 0.375%), 0.35% of the average daily net assets of the Series for Series assets exceeding $1 billion and up to $2 billion, and 0.325% of the average daily net assets of the Series for Series assets exceeding $2 billion.

14

SCHEDULE D

SUBADVISER FUNCTIONS

With respect to managing the investment and reinvestment of the Series' assets, the Subadviser shall provide, at its own expense:

(a) An investment program for the Series consistent with its investment objectives based upon the development, review and adjustment of buy/sell strategies approved from time to time by the Board of Trustees and the Adviser in paragraph 3 of this Subadvisory Agreement;

(b) Periodic reports, on at least a quarterly basis, in form and substance acceptable to the Adviser, with respect to: i) compliance with the Code of Ethics and the Fund's code of ethics; ii) compliance with procedures adopted from time to time by the Trustees of the Fund relative to securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; iii) diversification of Series assets in accordance with the then prevailing Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information pertaining to the Series and governing laws; iv) compliance with governing restrictions relating to the fair valuation of securities for which market quotations are not readily available or considered "illiquid" for the purposes of complying with the Series' limitation on acquisition of illiquid securities; v) any and all other reports reasonably requested in accordance with or described in this Agreement; and vi) the implementation of the Series' investment program, including, without limitation, analysis of Series performance;

(c) Promptly after filing with the SEC a material amendment to its Form ADV, a copy of such amendment to the Adviser;

(d) Attendance by appropriate representatives of the Subadviser at meetings requested by the Adviser or Trustees at such time(s) and location(s) as reasonably requested by the Adviser or Trustees; and

(e) Notice to the Trustees and the Adviser of the occurrence of any event which would disqualify the Subadviser from serving as an investment Adviser of an investment company pursuant to
Section 9(a) of the 1940 Act or otherwise.

(f) Provide reasonable assistance in the valuation of securities including the participation of appropriate representatives at fair valuation committee meetings.

15

SCHEDULE E

FORM OF SUB-CERTIFICATION

To:

Re:      Form N-CSR and Form N-Q Certification for the [Name of Series].

From:    [Name of Subadviser]

         Representations in support of Investment Company Act Rule 30b1-5
         certifications of Form N-CSR and Form N-Q.

         [Name of Series].

         In connection with your certification responsibility under Rule 30b1-5
         and Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, I have
         reviewed the following information presented for the period ended [Date
         of Reporting Period] (the "Reports") which forms part of the N-CSR or
         N-Q, as applicable, for the Funds.

Schedule of Investments (the "Reports")

Our organization has designed, implemented and maintained internal controls and procedures, designed for the purpose of ensuring the accuracy and completeness of relevant portfolio trade data transmitted to those responsible for the preparation of the Schedule of Investments. As of the date of this certification there have been no material modifications to these internal controls and procedures.

In addition, our organization has:

a. Designed such internal controls and procedures to ensure that material information is made known to the appropriate groups responsible for servicing the above-mentioned mutual funds.

b. Evaluated the effectiveness of our internal controls and procedures, as of a date within 90 days prior to the date of this certification and we have concluded that such controls and procedures are effective.

c. In addition, to the best of my knowledge there has been no fraud, whether, or not material, that involves our organization's management or other employees who have a significant role in our organization's control and procedures as they relate to our duties as subadviser to the Funds.

I have read the draft of the Reports which I understand to be current as of
[Date of Reporting Period] and based on my knowledge, such drafts of the Reports do not, with respect to the Funds, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the information contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which such information is presented, not misleading with respect to the period covered by such draft Reports.

16

I have disclosed, based on my most recent evaluation, to the Fund's Chief Accounting Officer:

a. All significant changes, deficiencies and material weakness, if any, in the design or operation of the Subadviser's internal controls and procedures which could adversely affect the Adviser's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data with respect to the Fund in a timely fashion;

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves the Subadviser's management or other employees who have a significant role in the Subadviser's internal controls and procedures for financial reporting as they relate to our duties as Subadviser to the Fund.

I certify that to the best of my knowledge:

a. The Subadviser's Portfolio Manager(s) has/have complied with the restrictions and reporting requirements of the Code of Ethics (the "Code"). The term Portfolio Manager is as defined in the Code.

b. The Subadviser has complied with the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of the Funds and the Policies and Procedures of the Funds as adopted by the Fund's Board of Trustees to the extent they relate to our duties as Subadviser to the Fund.

c. I have no knowledge of any compliance violations except as disclosed in writing to the Phoenix Compliance Department by me or by the Subadviser's compliance administrator.

d. The Subadviser has complied with the rules and regulations of the 33 Act and 40 Act, and such other regulations as may apply to the extent those rules and regulations pertain to the responsibilities of the Subadviser with respect to the Fund as outlined above.

This certification relates solely to the Funds named above and may not be relied upon by any other fund or entity.

The Subadviser does not maintain the official books and records of the above Funds. The Subadviser's records are based on its own portfolio management system, a record-keeping system that is not intended to serve as the Funds' official accounting system. The Subadviser is not responsible for the preparation of the Reports.


[Name of Authorized Signature] Date

17

SCHEDULE F

SERIES

Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund

18

EXHIBIT h.1

EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT
PHOENIX-SENECA FUNDS


EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT

PHOENIX-SENECA FUNDS

This Expense Limitation Agreement (the "Agreement") is effective as of February 1, 2006 by and between Phoenix-Seneca Funds, a Delaware Statutory Trust (the "Registrant"), on behalf of each series of the Registrant listed in Appendix A, as may be amended from time to time (each a "Fund" and collectively, the "Funds"), and the Adviser of each of the Funds, Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc., a Massachusetts Corporation (the "Adviser").

WHEREAS, the Adviser renders advice and services to the Funds pursuant to the terms and provisions of one or more Investment Advisory Agreements entered into between the Registrant and the Adviser (the "Advisory Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Adviser desires to maintain the expenses of each Fund at a level below the level to which each such Fund might otherwise be subject; and

WHEREAS, the Adviser understands and intends that the Registrant will rely on this Agreement in preparing post-effective amendments to the Registrant's registration statement on Form N-1A and in accruing the expenses of the Registrant for purposes of calculating net asset value and for other purposes, and expressly permits the Registrant to do so.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Limit on Fund Expenses. The Adviser hereby agrees to limit each Fund's Expenses to the respective rate of Total Fund Operating Expenses ("Expense Limit") specified for that Fund in Appendix A of this Agreement.

2. Definition. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Total Fund Operating Expenses" with respect to a Fund is defined to include all expenses necessary or appropriate for the operation of the Fund including the Adviser's investment advisory or management fee under the Advisory Agreement and other expenses described in the Advisory Agreement that the Fund is responsible for and have not been assumed by the Adviser, but does not include front-end or contingent deferred loads, taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization or extraordinary expenses, such as litigation.

3. Recoupment of Fees and Expenses. The Adviser agrees that it shall not be entitled to be reimbursed by a Fund for any expenses that it has waived or limited.

4. Term, Termination and Modification. This Agreement shall become effective on the date specified herein and shall remain in effect until January 31, 2007, unless sooner terminated as provided below in this Paragraph. Thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically renew for one-year terms with respect to a Fund unless the Adviser provides written notice to the Fund of the termination of this


Agreement, or the modification to the Expense Limit specified for a Fund in Appendix A of this Agreement, within thirty (30) days of the end of the then current term for that Fund. This Agreement may be terminated by the Registrant on behalf of any one or more of the Funds at any time without payment of any penalty or by the Board of Trustees of the Registrant upon thirty (30) days' written notice to the Adviser. In addition, this Agreement shall terminate with respect to a Fund upon termination of the Advisory Agreement with respect to such Fund.

5. Assignment. This Agreement and all rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned without the written consent of the other party.

6. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute or rule, or shall otherwise be rendered invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

7. Captions. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

8. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of Connecticut without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to preempt, or to be inconsistent with, any Federal securities law, regulation or rule, including the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

9. Computation. If the fiscal year to date Total Fund Operating Expenses of a Fund at the end of any month during which this Agreement is in effect exceed the Expense Limit for that Fund (the "Excess Amount"), the Adviser shall waive or reduce its fee under the Advisory Agreement or remit to that Fund an amount that is sufficient to pay the Excess Amount computed on the last day of the month.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and attested by their duly authorized officers.

PHOENIX-SENECA FUNDS                        PHOENIX INVESTMENT COUNSEL,
                                            INC.

By: /s/ Francis G. Waltman                  By: /s/ John H. Beers
    ----------------------------            --------------------------------
         Francis G. Waltman                          John H. Beers
         Senior Vice President                       Vice President and Clerk

2

APPENDIX A

Phoenix Fund                                               Total Fund Operating Expense Limit

                                                     Class A        Class B        Class C        Class X

Phoenix Bond Fund                                     1.15%          1.90%          1.90%          0.90%
Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund                   1.45%          2.20%          2.20%          1.20%

3

EXHIBIT h.6

EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT

PHOENIX OPPORTUNITIES TRUST
ON BEHALF OF ITS SERIES
PHOENIX GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND


EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT

PHOENIX OPPORTUNITIES TRUST
ON BEHALF OF ITS SERIES
PHOENIX GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND

This Expense Limitation Agreement (the "Agreement") is effective as of June 8, 2006 by and between Phoenix Opportunities Trust, a Delaware Statutory Trust (the "Registrant"), on behalf of its series Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund (the "Fund"), and the Adviser of the Fund, Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc., a Massachusetts Corporation (the "Adviser").

WHEREAS, the Adviser renders advice and services to the Fund pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as may be amended from time to time, entered into between the Registrant and the Adviser (the "Advisory Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Adviser desires to maintain the expenses of the Fund at a level below the level to which such Fund might otherwise be subject; and

WHEREAS, the Adviser understands and intends that the Registrant will rely on this Agreement in preparing post-effective amendments to the Registrant's registration statement on Form N-1A and in accruing the expenses of the Registrant for purposes of calculating net asset value and for other purposes, and expressly permits the Registrant to do so.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Limit on Fund Expenses. The Adviser hereby agrees to limit the Fund's Expenses to the respective rate of Total Fund Operating Expenses ("Expense Limit") specified for that Fund in Appendix A of this Agreement.

2. Definition. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Total Fund Operating Expenses" with respect to the Fund is defined to include all expenses necessary or appropriate for the operation of the Fund including the Adviser's investment advisory or management fee under the Advisory Agreement and other expenses described in the Advisory Agreement that the Fund is responsible for and have not been assumed by the Adviser, but does not include front-end or contingent deferred loads, taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization or extraordinary expenses, such as litigation.

3. Recoupment of Fees and Expenses. The Adviser agrees that it shall not be entitled to be reimbursed by the Fund for any expenses that it has waived or limited.

4. Term, Termination and Modification. This Agreement shall become effective on the date specified herein and shall remain in effect until May 31, 2008, unless sooner terminated as provided below in this Paragraph. Thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically renew for one-year terms with respect to the Fund


unless the Adviser provides written notice to the Fund of the termination of this Agreement, or the modification to the Expense Limit specified for the Fund in Appendix A of this Agreement, within thirty (30) days of the end of the then current term for that Fund. This Agreement may be terminated by the Registrant on behalf of the Fund at any time without payment of any penalty or by the Board of Trustees of the Registrant upon thirty (30) days' written notice to the Adviser. In addition, this Agreement shall terminate with respect to the Fund upon termination of the Advisory Agreement with respect to such Fund.

5. Assignment. This Agreement and all rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned without the written consent of the other party.

6. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute or rule, or shall otherwise be rendered invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

7. Captions. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

8. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of Delaware without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to preempt, or to be inconsistent with, any Federal securities law, regulation or rule, including the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

9. Computation. If the fiscal year to date Total Fund Operating Expenses of the Fund at the end of any month during which this Agreement is in effect exceed the Expense Limit for that Fund (the "Excess Amount"), the Adviser shall waive or reduce its fee under the Advisory Agreement or remit to that Fund an amount that is sufficient to pay the Excess Amount computed on the last day of the month.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and attested by their duly authorized officers.

PHOENIX OPPORTUNITIES TRUST                 PHOENIX INVESTMENT COUNSEL, INC.

By: /s/ Francis G. Waltman                  By: /s/ John H. Beers
    --------------------------------            --------------------------------
        Francis G. Waltman                          John H. Beers
        Senior Vice President                       Vice President and Clerk

2

APPENDIX A

PHOENIX FUND                                  TOTAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSE LIMIT
------------                                  ----------------------------------

                                                       Class A         Class C

Phoenix Growth Opportunities Fund                       1.25%           2.00%

3

EXHIBIT j.1

CONSENT OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS, LLP


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of our report dated November 14, 2005, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights which appear in the September 30, 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders of Phoenix Bond Fund and Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund (constituting Phoenix Opportunities Trust), which are also incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Financial Highlights", "Non-Public Holdings Information", "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and "Report to Shareholders" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
June 7, 2006


EXHIBIT j.2

CONSENT OF KPMG, LLP


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Trustees of Turner Funds:

We consent to the use of our report dated November 18, 2005, with respect to the financial statements of Turner Strategic Growth Fund, (the "Fund"), one of the funds constituting Turner Funds as of September 30, 2005, incorporated herein by reference and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Financial Highlights" in the Registration Statement.

                                         /s/  KPMG LLP


Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
June 7, 2006


EXHIBIT p.1

CODE OF ETHICS
PHOENIX FUNDS
THE PHOENIX EDGE SERIES FUND


CODE OF ETHICS
PHOENIX FUNDS
THE PHOENIX EDGE SERIES FUND
PURSUANT TO RULE 17j-1
OF THE 1940 ACT
AMENDED AND RESTATED 02/06

This Code of Ethics applies to all Access Persons of each Phoenix advisory and broker-dealer subsidiary in their management and administration of the Funds(1). The Advisers include Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc.; Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co.; Engemann Asset Management; Euclid Advisors, LLC; Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC, Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc.; Seneca Capital Management, LLC; and Phoenix/Zweig Advisers LLC (for use herein referred to collectively as "Adviser"). Phoenix Equity Planning Corporation is a registered broker/dealer, a related subsidiary which currently provide services to the Funds and acts as the principal underwriter of the Funds. Access Persons of the investment advisers and subadvisers to the Funds that are not affiliated with Phoenix are governed by separate codes. To the extent necessary, each subsidiary may impose further limitations of personal trading subject to notifying the Chief Legal Officer and the Chief Compliance Officer of the applicable Fund.

NOTWITHSTANDING THE ABOVE, THE PROHIBITIONS IN SECTION 2 BELOW ARE IMPOSED BY RULE 17j-1, AND APPLY TO ALL AFFILIATED PERSONS OF THE FUNDS AND THEIR INVESTMENT ADVISERS AND SUBADVISERS, WHETHER OR NOT THEY ARE GOVERNED BY THIS CODE OF ETHICS.

1. STATEMENT OF ETHICAL PRINCIPLES

Each Adviser holds its employees to a high standard of integrity and business practices. In serving their respective shareholders and clients, each Adviser strives to avoid conflicts of interest or the appearance of conflicts of interest in connection with the personal trading activities of its employees and the Fund's securities transactions.

While affirming their confidence in the integrity and good faith of all of their employees, officers, trustees, and directors, each Adviser recognizes that the knowledge of present or future portfolio transactions or the power to influence portfolio transactions, if held by such individuals, could place them in a position where their personal interests might conflict with the interests of the Fund, if they were to trade in securities eligible for investment by the Fund.

In view of the foregoing and of the provisions of Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), each Adviser has determined to adopt this Code of Ethics to specify and prohibit certain types of transactions deemed to create conflicts of interest (or at least the potential for or the appearance of such a conflict) and to establish reporting requirements and enforcement procedures.


(1) For the purposes hereof, the term "Funds" collectively refers to the Phoenix Funds, Phoenix-Engemann Funds, Phoenix-Kayne Funds, Phoenix-Seneca Funds and The Phoenix Edge Series Fund.


When Access Persons covered by the terms of this Code of Ethics engage in personal securities transactions, they must adhere to the following general principles as well as to the Code's specific provisions:

(a) At all times, the interests of Fund shareholders must be paramount;

(b) Personal transactions must be conducted consistent with this Code of Ethics in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflict of interest; and

(c) No inappropriate advantage should be taken of any position of trust and responsibility.

(d) Compliance with all applicable federal securities laws must be maintained.

2. UNLAWFUL ACTIONS

It is unlawful for any Affiliated person of any Fund or any of its Advisers, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by the person of a Security Held or to be Acquired by any Fund:

(a) to employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any Fund;

(b) to make any untrue statement of a material fact to any Fund or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to any Fund, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

(c) to engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on any Fund; or to engage in any manipulative practice with respect to any Fund.

(d) to divulge or act upon any material, non-public information, as such term is defined under relevant securities laws.

3. DEFINITIONS

(a) "Access Person": pursuant to Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, means any Advisory Person of a Fund or of a Fund's investment adviser. All of Advisers directors, officers, and general partners are presumed to be Access Persons of any Fund advised by the investment adviser. All of the Funds directors, officers, and general partners are presumed to be Access Persons of the Fund.

(b) In addition, Access Persons include any director, officer or general partner of PEPCO, the principal underwriter of the Funds, who, in the ordinary course of business, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Fund for which PEPCO acts, or whose functions

2

or duties in the ordinary course of business relate to the making of any recommendation to the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities.

(c) Advisory Person of a Fund or of a Fund's investment adviser means:

(i) Any director, officer, general partner or employee of the Fund or investment advisor (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by a Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and

(ii) Any natural person in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Fund.

(iii) Any Investment Personnel.

(d) "Affiliated person" of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such issuer.

(e) "Beneficial ownership" shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of
Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and the rules and regulations thereunder. Generally, beneficial ownership means having or sharing, directly or indirectly through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, a direct or indirect "pecuniary interest" in the security. For the purposes hereof,

(i) "Pecuniary interest" means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the security.

(ii) "Indirect pecuniary interest" includes, but is not limited to: (a) securities held by members of the person's "immediate family" (this means any child, child-in-law, stepchild, grandchild, parent, parent-in-law, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, or sibling-in-law and includes adoptive relationships) sharing the same household (which ownership interest may be rebutted); (b) a general partner's proportionate interest in portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership;
(c) a person's right to dividends that is separated or separable from the underlying securities (otherwise, a right to dividends alone will not constitute a pecuniary interest in securities); (d) a person's interest in securities held by a trust; (e) a person's right to acquire securities through the exercise or conversion of any derivative security, whether or not presently exercisable; and (f) a

3

performance-related fee, other than an asset based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment manager, trustee, or person or entity performing a similar function, with certain exceptions (see Rule 16a-1(a)(2)).

(f) "Chief Compliance Officer" refers to the person appointed by the Boards of the funds pursuant to the provisions of Rule 38a-1. Such person is identified on Schedule A hereto.

(g) "Compliance Officer" may refer to the Fund's designated Compliance Officer or an Adviser's Compliance Officer or any person designated by each such to perform the administrative functions of this Code. Such persons are identified on Schedule B hereto.

(h) "Control" shall have the same meaning as that set forth in
Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.

(i) "Covered Security" means all securities, including exchange traded funds and those issued by any reportable fund, except securities that are direct obligations of the Government of the United States, bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and shares of traditional, unaffiliated registered open-end investment companies.

(j) "Disinterested Trustee" means a Trustee of a Fund who is not an "interested person" of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

(k) "Initial Public Offering" means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(l) "Investment Personnel" shall mean:

(i) any employee of the Fund or Adviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund or Adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund; and

(ii) any natural person who controls the Fund or an Adviser and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund. Investment Personnel includes any Portfolio Manager or other investment person, such as an analyst or trader, who provides information and advice to a Portfolio Manager or assists in the execution of the investment decisions.

4

(m) "Limited Offering" or "Private Placement" means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) thereof, or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 thereunder.

(n) "Managed Portfolio" shall mean those Funds, individually and collectively, for which the Portfolio Manager makes buy and sell decisions. For those Funds operating as series companies, Managed Portfolio shall include only the series for which the Portfolio Manager serves as the Portfolio Manager.

(o) "Portfolio Manager" means the person or portfolio management team entrusted to make or participate in the making of the buy and sell decisions for a Fund, or series thereof; as disclosed in the Fund(s) prospectus.

(p) "Purchase or sale of a security" includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security or the purchase or sale of a security that is exchangeable for or convertible into a security.

(q) "Reportable Fund" includes those 1940 Act registered investment companies for which the Adviser or an affiliate acts as adviser or sub-adviser, or principal underwriter.

(r) "Security" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act.

(s) "Security Held or to be Acquired" by a Fund means:

(i) any Covered Security which, within the most recent 15 days:


(A) is or has been held by the Fund; or
(B) is being or has been considered by the Fund or any
of its investment advisers for purchase by the
Fund; and

(ii) any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Covered Security described in paragraph (p)(i) of this Section.

A security is "being considered for purchase or sale" when a recommendation to purchase or sell a security has been made and communicated and, with respect to the Investment Personnel making the recommendation, when such person seriously considers making such a recommendation.

4. EXEMPTED TRANSACTIONS

The preclearance prohibitions of Section 5 of this Code, shall not apply to:

(a) Purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Advisory Person has no direct or indirect influence or control in the reasonable estimation of the Adviser's Compliance Officer. This exemption will also apply to personal brokerage

5

accounts for which a third party (e.g. broker, financial advisor) makes all investment decisions on behalf of the Access Person. The discretionary arrangement must be documented to the Adviser's Compliance Officer or his or her designee.

(b) Purchases or sales of securities not eligible for purchase or sale by the Fund.

(c) Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the Advisory Person or the Fund.

(d) Purchases of shares necessary to establish an automatic dividend reinvestment plan or pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan, and subsequent sales of such securities.

(e) Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.

(f) Purchase or sale of securities issued under an employee stock purchase or incentive program unless otherwise restricted.

5. PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES

(a) IPO Rule: No Advisory Person may directly or indirectly acquire beneficial ownership in any securities in an Initial Public Offering (including IPOs offered through the Internet), except with the prior written approval of the Adviser's Compliance Officer. No NASD registered person may participate in an IPO pursuant to NASD Rule 2790.

(b) Limited Offering/Private Placement Rule: No Advisory Person may directly or indirectly acquire beneficial ownership in any securities in a Limited Offering or Private Placement except with the prior written approval of the Adviser's Compliance Officer.

(i) The Adviser's Compliance Officer will make a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to grant approval for transactions in IPOs and Limited Offerings, and will maintain these records for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.

(c) Preclearance Rule: No Advisory Person may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of beneficial ownership in a Covered Security unless such transaction has been precleared by the Adviser's Compliance Officer. Preclearance is required prior to executing any trade through any personal brokerage account, unless specifically exempted under Section 4 above. Preclearance is valid through the business day next following the day preclearance is given.

6

(i) The Adviser's Compliance Officer will monitor investment activity by the Advisory Person involving the precleared transaction.

(ii) Compliance reserves up to one business day to respond to any request for preclearance.

NOTE: EACH ADVISER'S COMPLIANCE OFFICER MAY DENY APPROVAL OF ANY TRANSACTION REQUIRING PRECLEARANCE UNDER THIS PRECLEARANCE RULE, EVEN IF THE TRANSACTION IS NOMINALLY PERMITTED UNDER THIS CODE OF ETHICS, IF HE OR SHE REASONABLY BELIEVES THAT DENYING PRECLEARANCE IS NECESSARY FOR THE PROTECTION OF A FUND. ANY SUCH DENIAL MAY BE APPEALED TO THE FUND'S CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER. THE DECISION OF THE CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER SHALL BE FINAL.

(d) Open Order Rule: No Advisory Person may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of beneficial ownership in any Covered Security on a day during which a Fund has a pending "buy" or "sell" order for that security of the same type (i.e., buy or sell) as the proposed personal trade, until the Fund's order is executed or withdrawn.

Exceptions: The following securities transactions are exempt from the Open Order Rule:

1. Purchases or sales of up to 500 shares of an issuer ranked in the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Index (S&P 500) at the time of purchase or sale The Adviser's Compliance Officer shall make available an updated list of such issuers quarterly.

2. Purchases or sales approved by the Adviser's Compliance Officer in his/her discretion.

(e) Blackout Rule: No Investment Personnel may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of beneficial ownership in a Covered Security within seven calendar days before and after a Managed Portfolio trades in that Security.

Transactions permitted under the Blackout Rule must also satisfy the Open Order Rule and the Preclearance Rule, if and to the extent the transaction is not covered by exceptions to those rules.

(f) Ban on Short-term Trading. Advisory Persons must hold each Security for a period of not less than sixty (60) days from date of acquisition.

(g) Gifts. No Access Person shall accept any gift or other item (for the purpose of this Code "gifts" include but are not limited to cash, merchandise, gifts, prizes, travel expenses, meals and certain types of entertainment) of more than $100 in value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of the Advisor or the Fund. All gifts and entertainment received or given must be reported to the Advisor's Compliance Department.

7

ANY PROFITS REALIZED BY A PORTFOLIO MANAGER ON A PERSONAL TRADE IN VIOLATION OF SECTIONS 5(D) (E) AND (F) MUST BE DISGORGED AT THE REQUEST OF THE FUND.

(h) Service as Director. No Advisory Person shall serve on the board of directors of a publicly traded company without prior authorization by the President or the Compliance Officer of the Fund. If board service is authorized, such Advisory Person shall have no role in making investment decisions with respect to the publicly traded company.

(i) Market Timing Prohibited. No Portfolio Manager shall engage in excessive trading or market timing activities with respect to any mutual fund whether or not such mutual fund is a Managed Portfolio, or is managed by such Adviser/Subadvisor or any affiliated adviser or subadviser. For the purposes of the foregoing, "market timing" shall be defined as a purchase and redemption, regardless of size, in and out of the same mutual fund within any sixty (60) day period. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to Portfolio Managers investing in mutual funds through automatic reinvestment programs, and any other non-volitional investment vehicles. Portfolio Managers shall provide quarterly certifications as to their compliance with this restriction.

6. REPORTING AND COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES

(a) The Code of Ethics, and any amendments thereto, shall be provided to every Access Person.

(b) All Access Persons (other than Disinterested Trustees) shall direct their brokers to supply, at the same time that they are sent to the Access Person, a copy of the confirmation for each personal securities trade and a copy of each periodic account statement to the Adviser's Compliance Officer.

(c) Every Access Person shall report to the Fund the information described in Section 6(c) of this Code with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which such Access Person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Covered Security, provided that

(i) a Disinterested Trustee of the Fund need not report securities transactions unless the Trustee knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Fund Trustee, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the Trustee's transaction in a Covered Security, the Fund purchased or sold the Covered Security or the Fund or any of its investment advisers or subadvisers considered purchasing or selling the Covered Security, and

8

(ii) An Access Person whose duplicate broker trade confirmations or account statements are received by the Adviser's Compliance Officer, pursuant to Section 6(a) with respect to the time period required by
Section 6(c), may reference that duplicate information in their quarterly report if all of the information required in Section 6(c) is contained in those confirmations and statements.

(d) Every report required pursuant to Section 6(b) above shall be made not later than 15 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected, and shall contain the following information:

(i) with respect to any transaction during the quarter in a Covered Security in which the Access Person (other than Disinterested Trustees) had or acquired any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:

(A) The date of the transaction, the title and number of shares; the maturity date, principal amount and interest rate of debt securities, of each Covered Security involved; and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number;

(B) The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale, or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

(C) The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected; and

(D) The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; and

(ii) with respect to any account established during the quarter in which Securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person:

(A) The name of the broker, dealer, or bank with whom the Access Person established the account; and

(B) The date the account was established.

(iii) Access Persons are required to report transactions in any affiliated mutual fund for which they have any direct or indirect beneficial ownership; except as specifically exempted by Section 4 above.

(iv) The date the report is submitted by the Access Person.

(e) No later than 10 days after becoming an Access Person, and annually thereafter on or before January 31 of each year, each Access Person (other than Disinterested

9

Trustees) must submit to the Adviser's Compliance Officer a report of his or her personal securities holdings (the "Initial Holdings Report" and the "Annual Holdings Report", respectively), which must include the following information (the Applicable Date for the Initial Holdings Report is the date the person became an Access Person; the Applicable Date for the Annual Holdings Report must be a date no earlier than December 31 of the prior year):

(i) The title and number of shares; and/or the maturity date, principal amount and interest rate of debt securities; and, as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership as of the Applicable Date.

(ii) The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the Applicable Date.

(iii) The date the report is submitted by the Access Person.

(f) Each Access Person (other than Disinterested Trustees) shall submit annually to the Adviser's Compliance Officer a certification by the Access Person that he or she has received, read and understood the Code of Ethics, has complied with the Code's requirements, and has disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the Code's requirements. The certification will be submitted to the Compliance Officer by January 31 of each year.

(g) Any report made under this Section 6 may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security to which the report relates.

(h) (i) Each Fund's Compliance Officer shall furnish to the applicable Fund's Board of Trustees annually, and such Board will consider, a written report that:

(A) Summarizes the current procedures under the Code of Ethics;

(B) Describes any issues arising from the Code of Ethics or procedures since the last report to the Board, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and

(C) Certifies that the Fund or the Adviser, as applicable, has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

10

(ii) The Fund's Compliance Officer shall obtain from each investment adviser and the subadviser to the Fund whose Access Persons are governed by its own Code of Ethics, a written report including the information and certification required in (B) and (C) above with respect to that Code.

(iii) The Board will consider all of these reports.

(iv) These reports will be available to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds.

(i) Any Access Person shall immediately report any potential violation of this Code of which he or she becomes aware to the Adviser's Compliance Officer.

(j) An Access Person need not make reports under this Section 6 with respect to transactions effected for any account over which such person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control.

(k) Each Adviser's Compliance Officer will review all reports and other information submitted under this Section 6. This review will include such comparisons with trading records of the Fund as are necessary or appropriate to determine whether there have been any violations of the Code.

(l) Each Adviser's Compliance Officer will maintain a list of all Access Persons who are required to make reports under the Code, and shall inform those Access Persons of their reporting obligations. Each Adviser's Compliance Officer shall promptly notify any Access Person when any report has not been filed on a timely basis.

(m) Please refer to Schedule B for person(s) to contact for preclearance and to file Annual Holdings and Quarterly Personal Securities Transaction reports.

7. SANCTIONS

Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Board of Trustees of a Fund may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including inter alia, a letter of censure or suspension or termination of employment, or suspension of personal trading privileges for such period as it may deem appropriate. Provided further, the Adviser's Compliance Officer shall review and present sanctions levied for non-compliance at each regularly scheduled Board meeting. Please see attached Schedule A of Sanctions that may be levied for violations of this Code.

8. EXCEPTIONS

Each Adviser's Compliance Officer, in consultation with the Chief Legal Officer, may grant written exceptions to provisions of the Code based on equitable considerations. The

11

exceptions may be granted to individuals or classes of individuals with respect to particular transactions, classes of transactions or all transactions, and may apply to past as well as future transactions, provided, however, that no exception will be granted where the exceptions would result in a violation of Rule 17j-1. To the extent any such exception relates to an Access Person of a Fund, the exception will be reported to a Fund's Board at its next regularly scheduled meeting. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Compliance Officer shall promptly report any and all exceptions to the Chief Compliance Officer of the applicable Fund and the Chief Compliance Officer may provide an independent report to the applicable Board regarding his/her assessment of the merits and potential repercussions of granting any such exceptions.

9. RECORDKEEPING

All Code of Ethics records will be maintained pursuant to the provisions of Rules 17j-1 and 204A-1.

10. OTHER CODES OF ETHICS

This Code of Ethics does not amend or supercede any other Code(s) of Ethics that may affect the duties and obligations of any person affected hereby.

(Revised February 2006; Adopted by the Board of Trustees of The Phoenix Edge Series Fund March 21, 2006)

12

SCHEDULE A

Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds: Marc Baltuch

SCHEDULE B

Person to contact for preclearance and reporting requirements: Frances Crisafulli

13

CERTIFICATION:

By my signature below, I certify that I have received, read, and understood the foregoing policies of the Phoenix Funds Code of Ethics, and will comply in all respects with such policies.


Name Date

Please print or type name: ___________________________________

14

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Q REPORT AFFILIATED MF
 INITIAL HOLDINGS REPORT           Q REPORT                TRANSACTIONS          ANNUAL REPORT             PRE-CLEAR
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   All Access Persons         All Access Persons       Investment Personnel    All Access Persons       Advisory Persons
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o 1st violation - written  o 1st violation -         o 1st violation -         o 1st violation -     o 1st violation -
  warning                    written warning           written warning           written warning       written warning
o 2nd violation within     o 2nd violation within    o 2nd violation within                          o 2nd violation within
  the same year - $50.00     the same year - $50.00    the same year - $50.00                          the same year - $100 fine
  fine payable to the        fine payable to the       fine payable to the                             payable to the Phoenix
  Phoenix Foundation         Phoenix Foundation        Phoenix Foundation                              Foundation and suspension
o 3rd violation within     o 3rd violation within    o 3rd violation within                            of trading privileges
  the same year -            the same year -           the same year -                                 for 30 days
  suspension of trading      suspension of trading     suspension of trading                         o 3rd violation within the same
  privileges for 30 days     privileges for 30 days    privileges for 30 days                          year - suspension of trading
                                                                                                       privileges for 90 days
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 MARKET TIMING
PRE-CLEAR IPOs & LIMITED           BLACKOUT               60-DAY HOLDING        PROHIBITION AND
       OFFERINGS*                                           REQUIREMENT          Q CERTIFICATE          OPEN ORDER RULE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Advisory Personnel         Investment Personnel       Advisory Personnel      Investment Personnel    Investment Personnel
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o 1st violation -          o 1st violation -         o 1st violation -         o 1st violation -     o 1st violation - Reported to
  Reported to Chief Legal    disgorgement of profits   written warning           _possible grounds     Chief Legal Officer and
  Officer and President      on the personal trade   o 2nd violation -           for termination       President of Phoenix
  of Phoenix Investment    o 2nd violation -           violation within the      at determination      Investment Counsel for
  Counsel for                Reported to Chief Legal   same year - $50.00 fine   of Chief Legal        determination of appropriate
  determination of           Officer and President     payable to the Phoenix    Officer and           sanctions.
  appropriate sanctions.     of Phoenix Investment     Foundation                President of        o 2nd violation - possible
o 2nd violation -            Counsel for             o 3rd violation within      Phoenix               grounds for termination
  possible grounds for       determination of          the same year -           Investment
  termination                appropriate sanctions.    suspension of trading     Counsel
                           o 3rd violation -           privileges for 60 days
                             possible grounds for
                             termination
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*s/t NASD Prohibition Rule 2790.


EXHIBIT q.1

POWER OF ATTORNEY


POWER OF ATTORNEY

I, the undersigned member of the Board of Trustees of the below-named mutual funds, hereby constitute and appoint Daniel T. Geraci, Tracy L. Rich and Kevin J. Carr, or either of them as my true and lawful attorneys and agents with full power to sign for me in the capacity indicated below, any or all Registration Statements, amendments thereto, including without limitation a Registration Statement on Form N-14, and such other filings as may be appropriate, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940 relating to each of said mutual funds, and hereby ratify and confirm my signature as it may be signed by said attorneys and agents.

PHOENIX ADVISER TRUST
PHOENIX CA TAX-EXEMPT BOND FUND
PHOENIX-ENGEMANN FUNDS (TO BE KNOWN AS PHOENIX INVESTMENT TRUST 06)
PHOENIX EQUITY SERIES FUND
PHOENIX EQUITY TRUST
PHOENIX INSTITUTIONAL MUTUAL FUNDS
PHOENIX INVESTMENT SERIES FUND
PHOENIX INVESTMENT TRUST 97
PHOENIX-KAYNE FUNDS (TO BE KNOWN AS PHOENIX ASSET TRUST)
PHOENIX MULTI-PORTFOLIO FUND
PHOENIX MULTI-SERIES TRUST
PHOENIX OPPORTUNITIES TRUST
PHOENIX PHOLIOS(SM)
PHOENIX PORTFOLIOS
PHOENIX SERIES FUND
PHOENIX STRATEGIC EQUITY SERIES FUND

I hereby declare that a photostatic, xerographic or other similar copy of this original instrument shall be as effective as the original.

I hereby further revoke any and all powers of attorney previously given by me with respect to the above-named mutual funds, provided that this revocation shall not affect the exercise of such powers prior to the date hereof.

WITNESS my hand and seal on this __17th__ day of ___May___, 2006.

/s/ E. Virgil Conway                         /s/ Harry Dalzell-Payne
---------------------------------       ----------------------------------
E. Virgil Conway, Trustee               Harry Dalzell-Payne, Trustee


/s/ Francis E. Jeffries                 /s/ Dr. Leroy Keith, Jr.
---------------------------------       ----------------------------------
Francis E. Jeffries, Trustee            Dr. Leroy Keith, Jr., Trustee


/s/ Marilyn E. LaMarche                 /s/ Philip R. McLoughlin
---------------------------------       ----------------------------------
Marilyn E. LaMarche, Trustee            Philip R. McLoughlin, Trustee


/s/ Geraldine M. McNamara               /s/ James M. Oates
---------------------------------       ----------------------------------
Geraldine M. McNamara, Trustee          James M. Oates, Trustee


/s/ Richard E. Segerson
---------------------------------
Richard E. Segerson, Trustee


EXHIBIT q.2

POWER OF ATTORNEY


POWER OF ATTORNEY

I, the undersigned member of the Board of Trustees of the below-named mutual funds, hereby constitute and appoint Daniel T. Geraci, Tracy L. Rich and Kevin J. Carr, or either of them as my true and lawful attorneys and agents with full power to sign for me in the capacity indicated below, any or all Registration Statements, amendments thereto, including without limitation a Registration Statement on Form N-14, and such other filings as may be appropriate, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940 relating to each of said mutual funds, and hereby ratify and confirm my signature as it may be signed by said attorneys and agents.

PHOENIX ADVISER TRUST
PHOENIX-ENGEMANN FUNDS (TO BE KNOWN AS PHOENIX INVESTMENT TRUST 06)
PHOENIX-KAYNE FUNDS (TO BE KNOWN AS PHOENIX ASSET TRUST)
PHOENIX OPPORTUNITIES TRUST
PHOENIX PORTFOLIOS

I hereby declare that a photostatic, xerographic or other similar copy of this original instrument shall be as effective as the original.

I hereby further revoke any and all powers of attorney previously given by me with respect to the above-named mutual funds, provided that this revocation shall not affect the exercise of such powers prior to the date hereof.

WITNESS my hand and seal on this __17th__ day of ___May___, 2006.

/s/ Daniel T. Geraci                            /s/ Ferdinand L.J. Verdonck
---------------------------                     ---------------------------
Daniel T. Geraci, Trustee                       Ferdinand L.J. Verdonck, Trustee